WO2007065010A2 - Anti-angiogenesis compounds - Google Patents

Anti-angiogenesis compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007065010A2
WO2007065010A2 PCT/US2006/046267 US2006046267W WO2007065010A2 WO 2007065010 A2 WO2007065010 A2 WO 2007065010A2 US 2006046267 W US2006046267 W US 2006046267W WO 2007065010 A2 WO2007065010 A2 WO 2007065010A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
carbon atoms
chain
straight
substituted
phenyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2006/046267
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2007065010A3 (en
Inventor
Jong Wan Park
Original Assignee
Hif Bio, Inc.
Bizbiotech Co., Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Hif Bio, Inc., Bizbiotech Co., Ltd. filed Critical Hif Bio, Inc.
Publication of WO2007065010A2 publication Critical patent/WO2007065010A2/en
Publication of WO2007065010A3 publication Critical patent/WO2007065010A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/54Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one sulfur as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. sulthiame
    • A61K31/541Non-condensed thiazines containing further heterocyclic rings

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to methods and pharmaceutical compositions for inhibiting tumor growth by arresting the cell cycle or by suppressing HIF-regutated gene expression, inhibiting angiogenesis in tumor cells or tissues, and for treating HIF mediated disorders or conditions.
  • Tumor hypoxia is one stimulus that leads to the increased expression of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and stimulates angiogenesis, which is essential for meeting the metabolic requirements of tumor growth (Dachs et al., Bur J Cancer 2000 36:1649-1660).
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • hypoxia contributes to tumor progression to a more malignant phenotype because cells surviving under hypoxic conditions often become resistant to radiotherapy and chemotherapy (Brown, J. M. Cancer Res 1999 59:5863-5870).
  • factors that regulate the hypoxic events may be good targets for anticancer therapy.
  • HIF-I hypoxia-inducible factor 1
  • HIF-I is a key transcription factor that regulates the blood supply through the expression of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) (Forsythe et al., MoI Cell Biol 1996 16:4604-4613).
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • the biologic activity of HIF-I a heterqdimer composed of HIF-l ⁇ and HIF-l ⁇ ( ⁇ anget ⁇ l., J Biol Chem 1995 270:1230-1237), depends on the amount of HIF-l ⁇ , which is tightly regulated by oxygen tension. Under normoxic conditions, HIF-l ⁇ protein is unstable.
  • the instability is ' mainly regulated by the binding to the von Hippel-Lindau tumor suppressor protein (pVHL) (Maxwell et ⁇ l, Nature 1999399:271-275).
  • pVHL von Hippel-Lindau tumor suppressor protein
  • This binding occurs after the hydroxylation of the two HIF-I ⁇ proline residues by HIF-prolyl hyroxylases (Jaakkolae* ⁇ l., Science 2001 292:468-472; Ivan et ah, Science 2001 292:464-468; Masson et ah, EMBO J 2001 20:5197-5206).
  • the von Hippel-Lindau protein is one of the components of the multiprotein ubiquitin-E3-ligase complex, which mediates the ubiquitylation of HIF-I ⁇ , targeting it for proteasomal proteolysis (Huang et ah, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1998 95:7987-7992).
  • HIF-2 ⁇ also known as endothelial PAS protein-1 or MOP2
  • MOP2 ⁇ endothelial PAS protein-1
  • HIF-2 ⁇ is highly similar to HDF-l ⁇ in protein structure, but exhibits restricted tissue-specific expression. HIF-2 ⁇ is also lightly regulated by oxygen tension and its complex with H-F-I ⁇ appears to be directly involved in hypoxic gene regulation,"as is HDF-l ⁇ . Since HIF-2 ⁇ is expressed in a number of cancer cell lines and involved in hypoxic gene regulation, HIF-2 ⁇ is also suggested to be associated with tumor promotion, but may not contribute to the growth of most tumors. In breast cancer cell lines mat express both HIF-l ⁇ and HEF-2 ⁇ , HEF-I ⁇ rather than HIF-2 ⁇ appears to predominantly contribute to the transcriptional response to hypoxia. However, HIF-2 ⁇ may take over the role of HIF-I ⁇ in tumors that express only HIF-2 ⁇ .
  • HTJF-2 ⁇ is also a good target for cancer treatment. See Semenza, G. L., Nature Reviews, Cancer, Vol.3, (2003), pp. 70-81.
  • HIF means the combined effect of or total proteins of HIF-I plus EOGF-2.
  • HIF-I means the combined effect of or total proteins of HIF-I ⁇ plus HIF-I ⁇ .
  • HEF-2 means the combined effect of or total proteins of HIF-2 ⁇ plus HIF-2 ⁇ .
  • the inhibitory effects of compounds of the invention on the expression of HIF-l ⁇ and The inhibitory effects of compounds of the invention on the expression of HIP-loc and on the induction of VEGF, aldolase A, and enolase I in cancer cells cultured under hypoxic conditions are also exhibited in vivo, treatment by halting the growth of xenografted tumors originating from human cancers, such as hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma cells.
  • Tumors from mice treated with the compounds showed fewer blood vessels and reduced expression of H ⁇ F-l ⁇ protein and HIF-I -regulated genes than tumors from vehicle-treated mice.
  • the eukaryotic cell cycle is divided into four stages: Gl, S, G2, and M.
  • Gl is the gap phase during which cells prepare for the process of DNA replication. During this phase, cells integrate mitogenic and growth-inhibitory signals and make the decision to proceed, pause, or exit cell cycle.
  • the S Phase is defined as the stage in which DNA synthesis occurs.
  • G2 is the second gap phase during which the cell prepares for the process of division.
  • the M phase is defined as the stage in which the replicated chromosomes are segregated into separate nuclei and other cellular components are divided to make two daughter cells.
  • GO is defined as the cell stage in which cells exit cell cycle and become .quiescent.
  • Cells have evolved signaling pathways to coordinate cell cycle transitions and ensure faithful replication of the genome before cell division.
  • Cell cycle progression is stimulated by protein kinase complexes, each of which consists of a cyclin and a cyclin-dependent kinase (CDK).
  • CDK protein kinase complexes
  • the CDK's are expressed constitutively through cell cycle, whereas cyclin levels are restricted by transcriptional regulation of the cyclin genes and by ubiquitin-mediated degradation.
  • the CDK activation requires the binding of a cyclin partner in addition to site-specific phosphorylation.
  • To ⁇ carry on error-free cell cycle, eukaryotic cells have developed control mechanisms that restrain cell cycle.transitions in response to stress. These regulatory pathways are termed cell cycle checkpoints, which can be divided into three points, i.e., G ⁇ -S, G2, and M phase checkpoint.
  • U.S. Patent No. 6,387,940 Bl describes various analogs of YC-I, The contents of this document are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, especially as they relate to the process for making the compounds that are described herein.
  • WO 2005/030121 A2 discloses anti-cancer and ant ⁇ -HIF disorder related uses of YC-I analogs. The contents of this document are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, especially as they relate to the process for testing and using YC-I analogs for anticancer, anti-cell proliferation and anti-HIF related disorder effects.
  • the invention is directed to using compound to treat a HIF-related disease or disorder by administering without limitation any of the compounds described below. Further, the compounds indicated below may be used as an anti-proliferative agent of cancer cells.
  • R 42 represents a saturated 6-membered heterocyclic ring having up to 2 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S 3 N and/or O or represents a 5-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having 2 to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, which can also be bonded via a nitrogen atom and which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, phenyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylthio or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxy
  • R 49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms
  • c3 denotes the number 1 or 2
  • R 50 and R 51 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R 50 and R 51 , together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical -NR 52 , wherein R S2 denotes hydrogen, straight- chain or branched
  • benzyl or phenyl wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R 43 and R 44 , including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of N, S and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times m an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a group of the formula ⁇ S(O)
  • R 42 represents pyranyl or morpholinyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amin'o, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, or by a radical of the formula --OR 45 , wherein R 45 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 4 carbon atoms
  • R 49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms
  • R 43 and R 44 including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms
  • a 3 represents tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofurany ⁇
  • R 42 represents imidazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiazolyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, fluorine, chlorine, trifluoromethyl, carboxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms or by the radical of the formula -O-CO--CH3, and/or are substituted by a radical of the formula
  • a3 denotes the number 0, 1 or 2
  • Jl 49 denotes hydrogen or methyl
  • R 43 and R 44 including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain, or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, nitro, cyan ⁇ , fluorine, chlorine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or allcoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms
  • A3 represents tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl, thienyl, pyrimidyl or pyridyl, which are optionally substituted up
  • the invention is directed to the invention is directed to a method of inhibiting HIF expression in tumor cells or tissues in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3- heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (HI-I) described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting HIF expression.
  • the effective amount may be effective to inhibit HlF- l ⁇ expression.
  • the effective amount may be effective to inhibit HIF-2 ⁇ expression.
  • the tumor cells or tissue may include tumors that overexpress HlF proteins.
  • the tumor may be selected without limitation from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma and neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
  • the invention is directed to a method of inhibiting HIF-regulated gene expression in tumor cells or tissues in a subject, including administering to the subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl- subst ⁇ tuted pyrazole derivative of the formula (IH-I) described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting HIF-regulated gene expression.
  • the HIF-regulated gene may be selected without limitaion from the group consisting of erythropoietin, transferrin, transferrin receptor, ceruloplasm ⁇ n, vascular endothelial .
  • VBGF growth factor
  • VEGF receptor FLT-I transforming growth factor ⁇ 3, plasminogen activator inhibitor 1, ⁇ lB adrenergic receptor, adrenomedullin, endothelin 1, nitric oxide synthase 2, heme oxygenase 1, glucose transporter 1 and 3, hexokinase 1 and 2, enolase 1, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, phosphoglycerate kinase 1, phosphoglucokinase L, pyruvate kinase M, aldolase A and C, rios phosphate isomerase, lactate dehydrogenase A, carbonic anhydrase 9, adenylate kinase 3, ⁇ ropyl-4-hydroxylase al, insulin-like growth factor (IGF) 2, IGP-binding protein 1, 2 and 3, P21, Nip3, cyclin G2 and differentiated embryo chondrocyte 1.
  • IGF insulin
  • the HIF-regulated gene may be selected from the group consisting of VEGF, aldolase A and enolase l.
  • the effective amount may be effective to inhibit HIF- l ⁇ expression.
  • the effective amount may be effective to inhibit HIF-2 ⁇ expression.
  • the tumor cells or tissue may include tumors that overexpress HIF proteins.
  • the tumor may be selected from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
  • the invention is directed to a method of inhibiting angiogenesis in tumor cells or tissues in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (HI-I) described Herein at an effective amount for inhibiting angiogenesis.
  • the tumor cells or tissue may include tumors that overexpress HIF proteins.
  • the tumor may be selected from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
  • the invention is directed to a method of inhibiting tumor growth in animal tissues in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (IH-I) described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting tumor growth.
  • the tumor may overexpress HIF proteins.
  • the tumor may be selected without limitation from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
  • the invention is directed to a method of inhibiting tumor progression and metastasis in tissues in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a composition comprising a compound or a mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl- substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (IH-I) described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting tumor progression and metastasis.
  • the tumor may overexpress HIF proteins.
  • the tumor may be selected without limitation from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
  • the invention is directed to a method of treating a HIF-mediated and/or VEGF-mediated disorder or condition in a subject comprising administering to the subject a composition, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (IH-O described herein.
  • Overepression of HIF proteins may be an indication of the disorders or condition.
  • the HIF-mediated disorder or condition may be selected without limitation from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
  • the invention is directed to a method of enhancing the inhibitory effect on tumor growth in a subject in combination with another antitumor therapy comprising administering to said subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (HI-I) described herein at an effective amount for synergistically enhancing the combined tumor- inhibiting effect of the therapy and the composition in the subject.
  • the invention is directed to a method for arresting the cell cycle in proliferating cells in a subject comprising administering to said subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (HI-I) described herein at an effective amount to inhibit progression of cell proliferation.
  • the proliferating cells may include tumors.
  • the proliferating cells may include cells symptomatic of a hyper-proliferafcive skin disorder.
  • the present invention relates to using for treating HIF-related disorders and symptoms of cancer heterocyclylmethyl-substituted pyrazole derivatives, in the embodiment designated I (roman one), of the general formula (I-I)
  • R 1 represents a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatotn from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, or represents phenyl, which are optionally substituted up 'to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, mercaptyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight- chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula —OR 4 , wherein R 4 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a
  • R 8 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms
  • cl denotes the number 1 or 2
  • R 9 and R 10 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R 9 and R 10 , together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical — NP 1 ' , wherein
  • benzyl or phenyl wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R 2 and R 3 . including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, wherein the alkyl in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a radical
  • the compounds of the general formula (I-l) according to the invention can also be present in the form of their salts. Salts with organic or inorganic bases or acids may be mentioned in general here.
  • physiologically acceptable salts are preferred.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts of the heterocyclylmethyl-substituted pyrazole derivatives can be salts of the substances according to the invention with mineral acids, carboxylic acids or sulphonic acids.
  • Particularly preferred salts are, for example, salts with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonic acid, toluenesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, naphthalenedisulphonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, Citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid or benzoic acid.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts can also be metal or ammonium salts of the compounds according to the invention which have a free carboxyl group.
  • Particularly preferred salts are, for example, sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, and ammonium salts which are derived from ammonia, or organic amines, such as, for example, ethylamine, di- or triethylamine, di- or triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, dimethylaminoethanol, arginine, lysine or ethylenediamine.
  • the compounds according to the invention can exist in stereoisomeric forms which either behave as mirror images (enantiomers) or do not behave as mirror images (diastereomers).
  • the invention relates both to the enantiomers or diastereomers or their particular mixtures.
  • the racemic forms, like the diastereomers, can be separated into the stereoisomerically uniform constituents in a known manner.
  • Heterocyclic ring in the context of embodiment I of the invention in general represents a 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring which can contain 1 heteroatom in the 5-membered ring in the case of R 1 and up to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S; N and/or O in the case of A.
  • Examples which may be mentioned are: pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl, furyli morpholinyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrahydropyranyl or tetrahydrofuranyl.
  • Fiiryl pyridyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrimidyl, pyr ⁇ dazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydropyranyl or tetrahydrofiiranyl are preferred.
  • Preferred compounds of the general formula (I-I) according to the invention are those in which R 1 represents fiiryl, pyrrolyl, thienyl or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl.
  • R 8 ' denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms
  • R 2 and R 3 including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxy!, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms
  • a 1 represents tetrahydropyranyl, thienyl, furyl, t
  • Particularly preferred compounds of the general formula (H) according to the invention are those in which R 1 represents furyl, pyrryl, thienyl or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by fbrmyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a radical of the formula
  • R 8 denotes hydrogen or methyl
  • R 2 and R 3 including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, fluorine, chlorine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms,
  • a 1 represents tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydroftiranyl, thienyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazin
  • pyridazinyl, furyl or pyridyl which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydrexyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a group of the formula ⁇ (CO)di -NR 12 R 13 , wherein dl denotes the number 0 or 1, R 12 and R 13 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in
  • Especially preferred compounds of the general formula (I- ⁇ ) according to the invention are those in which R 1 represents .furyl, which is optionally substituted by formyl or by radical of the formula -CEb —OH or
  • R 2 and R 3 including the double bond, form a phenyl ring which is substituted by phenyl, fluorine or nitro
  • a 1 represents fiiryl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, thienyl, tetrahydrofiiranyl or tetrahydropyranyl, which are optionally substituted by chlorine, bromine, methoxy, methoxycarbo ⁇ yl or carboxyl. and their salts, isomeric forms and N-oxides.
  • the invention furthermore relates to processes for the preparation of the compounds of the general formula (H) according to . theinvention, characterized in that [Al] compounds of the general formula (T-II)
  • a 1 has the abovementioned meaning and D 1 represents triflate or halogen, preferably bromine, in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a base, or [Bl] compounds of the general formula (I-IV)
  • L 1 represents a radical of the formula -SnR 14 R 15 R 16 , ZnR 17 , iodine or triflate, wherein R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are identical or different and denote straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms and R 17 denotes halogen, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (I-V)
  • R 8 and R 19 are identical or different and denote hydroxyl, aryloxy having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkoxy having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or together form a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic ring, in a palladium-catalysed reaction in inert solvents, and, in the case of the radicals — S(O)ci NR 9 R 10 and -S(O) 0 I-NR 9' R 10' , starting from the unsubstituted compounds of the general formula (I-I), these are first reacted with thionyl chloride, and finally the amine component is employed, and, if appropriate, the substituents listed under R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and/or A 1 are varied or introduced by customary methods, preferably by reduction, oxidation, splitting off of protective groups and/or nucleophilic substitution.
  • Suitable solvents here for the individual steps of process [Al] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran; hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, toluene or d ⁇ methylformramide are particularly preferred. Bases which can be employed for the process according to the invention are in general inorganic or organic bases.
  • alkali metal hydroxides such as, for example, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide
  • alkaline earth metal hydroxides such as, for example, barium hydroxide
  • alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate
  • alkaline earth metal carbonates such as calcium carbonate
  • alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alcoholates such as sodium or potassium methanolate, sodium or potassium ethanolate or potassium tert-butylate
  • organic amines (trialkyl-(Ci - C ⁇ )amines), such as triethylamine, or heterocyclic compounds, such as 1,4- diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane.
  • DBU l,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
  • DBU l,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
  • pyridine diaminopyr ⁇ dine, methylpiperidine or morpholine.
  • alkali metals such as sodium
  • hydrides thereof such as sodium hydride.
  • Sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, triethylamine and sodium hydride are preferred.
  • the base is employed in an amount of 1 mol to 5 mol, preferably 1 mol to 3 mol, per mole of the compound of the general formula (I-II).
  • the reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from O 0 C. to 150 0 C, preferably from +20 0 C. to +110 0 C.
  • the reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
  • Suitable solvents here for process [Bl] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, DME or dioxane,.halogenohydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethane, tetrachloroethane, 1,2-dichloroethane or trichloroethylene, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, toluene, dioxane or dimethoxyethane are particularly preferred.
  • the reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0 0 C. to 150 0 C, preferably from +20 0 C to +110 0 C
  • the reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
  • Suitable palladium compounds in the context of the present invention are in general PdCl 2 (P(C ⁇ 1*5)3) 2 , palladium bis-dibenzylideneacetone (Pd(dba) 2 ), [l,l'-bis-(diphenyl- phosphino)ferrocene]-palladium(II) chloride (Pd(dp ⁇ f)Cl 2 ) or Pd(P(C 6 Hs) 3 ).*. Pd(P(C 6 H 5 ) 3 ) 4 is preferred.
  • the compounds of the general formulae (TL-III) and (I-V) are known per se or can be prepared by customary methods.
  • the compounds of the general formula (HV) are known in some cases or, in the case of the stannyls, are new and can then be prepared, for example, by a process in which the compounds of the general formula (I-IVa)
  • the reductions are in general carried out witii reducing agents, preferably with those which are suitable for reduction of carbonyl to hydroxy compounds.
  • a particularly suitable reduction here is reduction with metaJ hydrides or complex metal hydrides in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a trialkylborane.
  • the reduction is preferably carried out with complex metal hydrides, such as, for example, lithium boranate, sodium boranate, potassium boranate, zinc boranate, lithium trialkyihydridoboranate, diisobutylaluminium hydride or lithium aluminium hydride.
  • the reduction is especially preferably carried out with diisobutylaluminium hydride and sodium borohydride.
  • the reducing agent is in general employed in an amount of 1 mol to 6 mol, preferably 1 mol to 4 mol, per mole of the compounds to be reduced.
  • the reduction in general proceeds in a temperature range from -78°C. to +5.0 0 C.., preferably from -78°C. to 0 0 C, in the case of DIBAH, 0 0 C, room temperature in the case of NaBH 4 , particularly preferably at-78°C, in each case depending on the choice of reducing agent and solvents.
  • the reduction in general proceeds under normal pressure, but it is also possible to carry it out under increased or reduced pressure.
  • the protective group is in general split off in one of the abovementioned alcohols and/or THF or acetone, preferably methanol/THF, in the presence of hydrochloric acid or trifluoroacetic acid or toluenesulphon ⁇ c acid in a temperature range from 0°C to 70 0 C, preferably at room temperature under normal pressure.
  • the corresponding unsubstituted compounds are first reacted with thionyl chloride.
  • the reactions are carried out in a temperature range from 0 0 C. to 70 0 C. under normal pressure.
  • the invention moreover relates to the combination of the compounds of the general formula (I-I) according to the invention with organic nitrates and NO donors.
  • Organic nitrates and NO donors in the context of the invention are in general substances which display their therapeutic action via the liberation of NO or NO species.
  • Sodium nitroprusside (SNP), nitroglycerol, isosorbide dinitrate, isosorbide mononitrate, molsidomine and SIN-I and similar substances are preferred.
  • the invention also relates to the combination with compounds which inhibit tiie breakdown of cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP).
  • cGMP cyclic guanosine monophosphate
  • These are, in particular, inhibitors of phosphodiesterases I 9 2 and 5; nomenclature according to Beavo and Reifsnyder (1990) TIPS 11 pages 150-155.
  • the action of the compounds according to the invention is potentiated and the desired pharmacological effect increased by these inhibitors.
  • the present invention relates to using for treating HIF-related disorders and symptoms of cancer 1-heterocyclyl-methyl-substituted pyrazoles, in the embodiment designated II (roman two), of the general formula (II-I),
  • R 20 represents a 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having up to 3 nitrogen atoms, which is optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, mercaptyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylthio or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, sizido, halogen, phenyl and/or by a group of the formula
  • R 23 and R 24 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 6 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, hydroxyl, amino or by straight-chain or branched alkoxy, acyl or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or R 23 and R 24 , together with the nitrogen atom, form a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partly unsaturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally additionally contain an oxygen or sulphur atom or a radical of the formula -NR 25 , wherein R 25 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, and/or is substituted by straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halogen, carb
  • b2 and b2' are identical or different and denote the number O 3 1, 2 or 3
  • a2 denotes the number 1, 2 or 3
  • R 30 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms
  • c2 denotes the number 1 or 2
  • R 31 and R 32 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R 31 and R 32 , together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5 to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical —
  • benzyl or phenyl wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R2 1 and R 22 , including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having a heteroatom from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or are
  • physiologically acceptable salts with organic or inorganic bases or acids are preferred.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts of the l-heterocyclyl-methyl-substituted pyrazoles can be salts of the substances according to the invention with mineral acids, carboxylic acids or sulphonic acids.
  • Particularly preferred salts are, for example, salts with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonic acid, toluenesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, naphthalenedisulphonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, fiimaric acid, maleic acid or benzoic acid.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts can also be metal or ammonium salts of the compounds according to the invention which have a free carboxyl group.
  • Particularly preferred salts are, for example, sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, and ammonium salts which are derived from ammonia, or organic amines, such as, for example, ethylamine, di- or triethylamine, di- ortriethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, dimethylaminoethanol, arginine, lysine or ethylenediamine.
  • the compounds according to the invention according to embodiment II can exist in stereoisomeric forms which either behave as mirror images (enant ⁇ omers) or do not behave as mirror images (diastereomers).
  • the invention relates both to the enantiomers or d ⁇ astereomers or their particular mixtures.
  • the racemic forms, like the diastereomers, can be separated into the stereoisomerically uniform constituents in a known manner.
  • Heterocyclic ring in the context of the invention according to embodiment II represents a 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring in the case of R 20 , a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having 1 heteroatom in the case OfR 21 ZR 22 , and a 5- to 6- membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring in the case of A 2 , and a saturated or partly unsaturated 3- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring in the case of the group NR 23 R 24 .
  • pyridazinyl quinolyl
  • isoquinolyl pyrazinyl
  • pyridyL pyrimidyl
  • thienyl furyl
  • morpholinyl pyrrolyl
  • thiazolyl oxazolyl
  • imidazolyl tetrahydropyranyl or tetrahydrofiiranyl.
  • Preferred compounds of the general formula (II-I) according to the invention are those in which R 20 represents a radical of the formula
  • R 23 and R 24 together with the nitrogen atom, form a morpholine ring or a radical of the formula
  • R 30 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms
  • R 21 and R 22 including the double bond, form a furyl, th ⁇ enyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, A
  • alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a group of the formula ⁇ (CO) d2 --NR 34 R 3S wherein d2 denotes the number 0 or 1, R 34 and R 35 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, their isomeric forms and salts and their N-ox ⁇ des.
  • Particularly preferred compounds of the general formula Ql-T) according to the invention are those in which R 20 represents a radical of the formula
  • ring systems are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, methylamino, amino, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, cyano, azido or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a radical of the formula.
  • R 21 and R 22 including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, fluorine, chlorine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms,
  • a 2 represents phenyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, furyl or pyridyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acy
  • Especially preferred compounds of the general formula (H-I) according to the invention are those in which R 20 represents a radical of the formula wherein the abovementioned heterocyclic ring systems are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by methyl, fluorine, forrnyl, amino, cyano, methoxy, methoxycarbonvL rnethylamino, chlorine or by a radical of the formula
  • R 21 and R 22 including the double bond, together form a phenyl ring and A 2 represents phenyl, which is optionally substituted by fluorine or cyano, and their isomeric forms, salts and N- oxides.
  • the invention furthermore relates to processes for the preparation of compounds of the general formula (II-I), characterized in that
  • a 2 has the abovementioned meaning
  • D 2 represents trifiate or halogen, preferably bromine, in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a base, or
  • Suitable solvents here for the individual steps of process [A2] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, toluene or dimethylformamide are particularly preferred.
  • Bases which can be employed for the process according to the invention according to embodiment II are in general inorganic or organic bases. These include, preferably, alkali metal hydroxides, such as, for example, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, such as, for example, barium hydroxide, alkali metal carbonates, such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate, alkaline earth metal carbonates, such as calcium carbonate, or alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alcoholates, such as sodium or potassium methanolate, sodium or potassium ethanolate or potassium tert-butylate, or organic amines (tr ⁇ alkyHp !
  • alkali metal hydroxides such as, for example, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide
  • alkaline earth metal hydroxides such as, for example, barium hydroxide
  • alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate
  • alkaline earth metal carbonates such as calcium carbonate
  • alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alcoholates
  • -examines such as triethyl amine, or heterocyclic compounds, such as 1,4- diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), pyridine, diaminopyridine, methylpiperidine or morpholine.
  • DABCO 1,4- diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane
  • DBU l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
  • pyridine diaminopyridine
  • methylpiperidine or morpholine.
  • alkali metals such as sodium
  • hydrides thereof such as sodium hydride.
  • sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, triethylamine and sodium hydride are preferred.
  • the base is employed in an amount of 1 mol to 5 ' mol, preferably 1 mol to 3 mol, per mole of the compound of the general formula (II-II).
  • the reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0 0 C. to 150 0 C, preferably from +20 0 C. to +110 0 C.
  • the reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
  • Suitable solvents here for process [B2] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, DME or dioxane, halogenohydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethane, tetrachlofoethane, 1,2-dIchloroethane or trichloroethylene, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, toluene, dioxane or dimethoxyethane are particularly preferred.
  • the reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0 0 C. to 150° C., preferably from +20 0 C. to +110 0 C.
  • the reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
  • Suitable palladium compounds in the context of the present invention are in general PdCl 2 ((C 6 H 5 ) 3 )2, palladium bis-dibenzylideneacetone (Pd(dba) 2 ), [l,l'-bis- (diphenyl ⁇ hosphino)ferrocene]- ⁇ alladium(II) chloride (Pd(dppf)Cl2) or Pd(P(CeHs)3)4. Pd(P(C 6 Hs)3)4 is preferred.
  • the compounds of the general formula (II-IV) are known in some cases or, in the case of the stannyls, are new and can then be prepared, for example, by a process in which compounds of the general formula (I-IVa)
  • R 36 , R 37 and R 38 have the abovementioned meaning, under palladium catalysis, as described above.
  • R 20 and T 2 have the abovementioned meaning, in one of the abovementioned- solvents, preferably tetrahydrofuran, and in the presence of sodium hydride in a temperature range from 0 0 C. to 4O 0 C, preferably at room temperature and under an inert gas atmosphere.
  • the reductions are in general earned out with reducing agents, preferably with those which are suitable for reduction of carbonyl to hydroxy compounds.
  • a particularly suitable reduction here is reduction with metal hydrides or complex metal hydrides in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a trialkylborane.
  • the reduction is preferably carried out with complex metal hydrides, such as, for example, lithium boranate, sodium boranate, potassium boranate, zinc boranate, lithium trialkylhydridoboranate, diisobutylaluminium hydride or lithium aluminium hydride.
  • the reduction is especially preferably carried out with diisobutylaluminium hydride and sodium borohydride.
  • the reducing agent is in general employed in an amount of 1 mol to 6 mol. preferably 1 mol to 4 mol, per mole of the compounds to be reduced.
  • the reduction in general proceeds in a temperature range from -78°C. to +50 0 C, preferably from -78°C. to 0 0 C, in the case of DIBAH, 0 0 C, room temperature in the case of NaBH 4 , particularly preferably at -78°C, in each case depending on the choice of reducing agent and solvents.
  • the reduction in general proceeds under normal pressure, but it is also possible to carry it out under increased or reduced pressure.
  • the reactions are carried out in general in a temperature range from 0°C. to 70° C. under normal pressure.
  • the protective group is in general split off in one of the abovementioned alcohols and/or THF or acetone, preferably methanol/THF, in the presence of hydrochloric acid or trifluoroacetic acid or toluenesulphonig acid in a temperature range from 0 0 C to 70 0 C, preferably at room temperature under normal pressure.
  • the compounds of the general formula (11-1) according to the invention show an unforeseeable, valuable pharmacological action spectrum.
  • the present invention includes pharmaceutical formulations which comprise, in addition to non-toxic, inert pharmaceutically suitable carriers, one or more compounds according to the invention, or which consist of one or more active compounds according to the invention, and processes for the preparation of these formulations.
  • the active compound or compounds can also be present in microencapsulated form in one or more of the abovementioned carriers.
  • the therapeutically active compounds should preferably be present in the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations in a concentration of about 0.1 to 99.5, preferably about 0.5 to 95% by weight of the total mixture.
  • compositions can also comprise further pharmaceutical active compounds in addition to the compounds according to the invention.
  • an individual dose preferably comprises the active compound or compounds according to the invention in amounts of about 1 to about 80, in particular 3 to 30 mg/kg of body weight.
  • the present invention relates to using for treating HIF-related disorders and symptoms of cancer 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivatives, in the embodiment designated III (roman three) of the general formula (IH-I)
  • R 42 represents a saturated 6-membered heterocyclic ring having up to 2 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or represents a 5-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having 2 to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, which can also be bonded via a nitrogen atom and which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, phenyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylth ⁇ o or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxy
  • R 49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms
  • c3 denotes the number 1 or 2
  • R 50 and R S1 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R 50 and R 51 , together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical — NR 52 , wherein R 52 denotes hydrogen, straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms
  • c3 denote
  • benzyl or phenyl wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R 43 and R 44 , including the double bond, foirm a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of N, S and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a group of the formula ⁇ S(
  • the compounds of the general formula (EGH) according to the invention can also be present in the form of their salts with organic or inorganic bases or acids.
  • physiologically acceptable salts are preferred.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds according to the invention can be salts of the substances according to the invention with mineral acids, carboxylic acids or sulphonic acids.
  • Particularly preferred salts are, for example, salts with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonic acid, toluenesulphonic ' acid, benzenesulphonic acid, naphthalenedisulphonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid or benzoic acid.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts can also be metal or ammonium salts of the compounds according to the invention which have a free carboxyl group.
  • Particularly preferred salts are, for example, sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, and ammonium salts which are derived from ammonia, or organic amines, such as, for example, ethylamine, di- or triethylamine, di- or triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, dimethylaminoethanol, arginine, lysine or ethylenediamine.
  • the compounds according to the invention can exist in stereoisomeric forms which either behave as mirror images (enantiomers) or do not behave as mirror images (diastereomers).
  • the invention relates both to the enantiomers or diastereomers or their particular mixtures.
  • the racemic forms, like the diastereomers, can be separated into the stereoisomerically uniform constituents in a known manner.
  • Heterocyclic ring in the context of embodiment III of the invention in general, depending on the abovementioned substituents, represents a saturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring, which can contain 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O and, in the case of a nitrogen atom, can also be bonded via this.
  • Examples which may be mentioned are: oxadiazolyl, thiad ⁇ azolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimid pyridyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, thiazolyi, oxazoiyl, im ⁇ dazolyl, morpholinyl or piperidyl.
  • Oxazolyl, thiazolyi, pyrazolyl, pyrimid ,pyridyl or tetrahydropyranyl are preferred.
  • Preferred compounds of the general formula (UI-I) according to the invention are those in which R 42 represents imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyi, 1,2,3-tr ⁇ azolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl. thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyranyl or morpholinyl.
  • R 49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms
  • R 43 and R 44 including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms
  • a 3 represents tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl
  • Particularly preferred compounds of the general formula (HI-I) according to the invention are those in which R 42 represents imidazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiazolyL which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyi having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, fluorine, chlorine, trifluoromethyl, carboxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms or by the radical of the formula --O—CO--CH 3 , and/or are substituted by a radical of the formula
  • R 49 denotes hydrogen or metihyl
  • R 43 and R 44 including the double bond, form a fiiryl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxy., amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, fluorine, chlorine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms,
  • a 3 represents tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl, thienyl, pyrimidyl or pyridyl, which are option substituted up
  • Especially preferred compounds of the general formula (HI-I) according to the invention are those in which R 42 represents imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl or oxadiazolyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by ethoxycarbonyl, phenyl or by methyl or ethyl, wherein the alkyl radicals in their turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, chlorine, ethoxycarbonyl, oxycarbonylmethyl or methoxy, R 43 and R 44 together, in changing the double bond, represent phenyl, which is optionally substituted by nitro, A 3 represents phenyl or phenyl which is substituted by fluorine, or pyrimidyl and their isomers and salts.
  • the invention furthermore relates to processes for the preparation of the compounds of the general formula (III-I) according to the invention, characterized in that [A3] compounds of the general formula (III-II)
  • a 3 has the abovementioned meaning and D 3 represents triflate or halogen, preferably bromine, in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a base, or.
  • L 3 represents a radical of the formula -SnR 55 R s6 R 57 , ZnR 58 , iodine, bromine or triflate, wherein R 55 , R 56 and R 57 are identical or different and denote straight-chain or branched a ⁇ kyl having up to 4 carbon atoms and R S8 denotes halogen, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (IH-V)
  • R 61 represents straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, compounds of the general formula 011- VI)
  • R 62 represents straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, in the presence of copper salts or rhodium salts to give compounds of the general formula (Ill-la)
  • R 43 , R 44 and A 3 have the abovementioned meaning, are first prepared, and the hydroxymethyl compounds are prepared in a further step by the action of potassium hydroxide, and, if appropriate, are converted into the corresponding alkoxy compounds by an alkylation by customary methods, or [E3] compounds of the general formula (III-XI)
  • a 3 , R 43 and R 44 have the abovementioned meaning, are prepared, and are then reacted in the context of a retro-Diels-A ⁇ der reaction (cf. J. Org. Chem, 1988, 58, 3387-90), or
  • R 63 denotes straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, in inert solvents to give the compounds of the general formula (III-Ic)
  • R 64 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms and R 65 has the scope of meaning of the secondary substituents listed above under the heterocyclic radical R 42 , compounds of the general formula (U-XX.)
  • R 43 , R 44 , R 64 and R 6S have the abovementioned meaning, are reacted in the system PPha Ih. in the presence of a base, preferably with triethylamine, or [13] in the case where R42 represents a radical of the formula
  • R 43 and R 44 have the abovementioned meaning, are then prepared by oxidation, or the compounds of the general formula (IH-XXI) are converted directly by reduction into the compounds of the general formula (III-XXIII), and, finally, these are reacted with 1,2- or 1,3-dihydroxy compounds by conventional methods, or [J3] in the case where R 42 represents the radical of the formula
  • R 67 has the abovementioned meaning of R 65 and is identical to or different from this, either compounds of the general formula (III-XXIV)
  • R 43 and R 44 have the abovementioned meaning and Q represents hydrogen or represents the --CH 2 —A 3 radical and R 68 represents halogen or straight-chain or branched alkoxy having up to 4 carbon atoms, preferably chlorine, methoxy or ethoxy, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (III-XXV)
  • R 6r has the abovementioned meaning of R 67 and is identical to or different from this and R 68 has the abovementioned meaning of R 68 and is identical to or different from this, if appropriate in the presence of a base, and, in the case of the radicals ⁇ S(O) c3 NR 50 R 51 and — S(O) CS -NR 50 R 51' starting from the unsubstituted compounds of the general formula (IH-I) 3 a reaction first wilh.
  • Suitable solvents here for the individual steps of process [A3] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane. dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, toluene or dimethylformamide are particularly preferred.
  • Bases which can be employed for the process according to the invention are in general inorganic or organic bases. These include, preferably, alkali metal hydroxides, such as, for example, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, such as, for example, barium hydroxide, alkali metal carbonates, such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate, alkaline earth metal carbonates, such as calcium carbonate, or alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alcoholates, such as sodium or potassium methanolate, sodium or potassium ethanolate or potassium tert-butylate, or organic amines (triaIkyl-(Ci - examines), such as triethylarnine, or heterocyclic compounds, such as 1,4- diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), l,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), pyridine, diaminopyridine, N-methylpyrrolidone methyl
  • alkali metals such as sodium
  • hydrides thereof such as sodium hydride.
  • Sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, triethylamine, sodium hydride and N- methylpyrrolidone are preferred.
  • the base is employed in an amount of 1 mol to 5 mol, preferably 1 mol to 3 mol, per mole of the compound of the general formula (HI-I). ' .
  • the reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 150° C, preferably from +20° C. to +110° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
  • Suitable solvents here for process [B3] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuiran, DME or dioxane, halogenohydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethane, tetrachloroethane, 1,2-dichloroethane or trichloroethylene, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane, or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformrnamide, toluene, dioxane or dimethoxyethane are particularly preferred.
  • the reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 150° C, preferably from +20° C. to +110° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
  • Suitable palladium compounds in the context of the present invention are in general PdCl 2 (P(C 6 H 5 )3)2, palladium bis-dibenzylideneacetone (Pd(dba) 2 ), [1,1'- b ⁇ s(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(ll) chloride (Pd(dppf)Cl2) or Pd(P(Ce 1* 5 ) 3 ) 4 .
  • Pd(P(C 6 Hs) 3 )4 is preferred.
  • Suitable solvents for process [C3] are some of the abovementioned solvents, benzene being particularly preferred.
  • Suitable metal salts in the context of the invention are copper salts or rhodium(II) salts, such as, for example, CuOTf, Cu(acac)2 and Rh(OAc)2. Copper acetylacetonate is preferred.
  • the salts are employed in catalytic amounts.
  • the reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 150° C, preferably +20° C. to +110.° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
  • Process [D3] according to the invention is carried out with one of the abovementioned cyclic amine bases, preferably with N-methylpyrrolidone, in a temperature range from 100° C. to 200° C, preferably at 150° C.
  • Process [E3J according to the invention is carried out in a temperature range from 150° C. to 210° C, preferably at 195° C.
  • Process [F3] according to the invention is in general carried out in one of the abovementioned ethers, preferably in tetrahydrofuran at the reflux temperature.
  • reaction of the free methylhydroxy group to give the corresponding methylalkoxy compounds is carried out by customary methods by alkylation with alkyl halides, preferably alkyl iodides, in the presence of one of the abovementioned bases, preferably sodium hydride.
  • alkyl halides preferably alkyl iodides
  • R 55 , R 56 and R 57 have the abovementioned meaning under palladium catalysis as described above.
  • the compounds of the general formula (III-XX) are known in some cases or can be prepared from the corresponding amides by reaction with ⁇ -diazo- ⁇ -keto esters under rhodium salt catalysis (in this context, cf. C. J. Moody et al., Synlett 1996, 825).
  • Process [13] is carried out by the customary methods for the preparation of acetals. The reduction steps are described in detail below.
  • the compounds of the general formula (HI-XXVI) are known in some cases or are new, and can then be prepared from the corresponding cyano-substituted compounds and hydroxylamine hydrochloride. If appropriate, a base, preferably sodium methanolate in methanol, can be added for this reaction.
  • the reductions are in general carried out with reducing agents, preferably with those which are suitable for reduction of carbonyl to hydroxy compounds.
  • a particularly suitable .WUUV.UWU is reduction with metal hydrides or complex metal hydrides in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a trialkylborane.
  • the reduction is preferably carried out with complex metal hydrides, such as, for example, lithium boranate, sodium boranate, potassium boranate. zinc boranate, lithium trialkylhydridoboranate, diisobutylaluminium hydride or lithium aluminium hydride.
  • the reduction is especially preferably carried out with diisobutylaluminium hydride and sodium borohydride.
  • the reducing agent is in general employed in an amount of 1 mol to 6 mol, preferably 1 mol to 4 mol, per mole of the compounds to be reduced.
  • the reduction in general proceeds in a temperature range from -78° C. to +50° C, preferably from -78° C. to 0° C, in the case of DB3AH, 0° C 9 room temperature in the case of NaBH t , particularly preferably at -78° C, in each case depending on the choice of reducing agent and solvents.
  • the reduction hi general proceeds under normal pressure, but it is also possible to carry it out under increased or reduced pressure.
  • the protective group is in general split off in one of the abovementioned alcohols and/or tetrahydrofuran or acetone, preferably methanol/tetrahydrofiiran, in the presence of hydrochloric acid or trifluoroaqetic acid or toluenesulphonic acid in a temperature range from 0° C. to 70° C, preferably at room temperature under normal pressure.
  • the corresponding unsubstituted compounds are first reacted with thionyl chloride.
  • the reaction witihi the amines in one of the abovementioned ethers, preferably dioxane, is carried out in a further step.
  • the reactions are carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 70° C. under normal pressure.
  • Y and Z have the meaning given below can preferably be prepared by the new process described below, which can be used generally for the preparation of oxazolyl compounds of this type.
  • the invention thus furthermore relates to a process for the preparation of oxazolyl compounds of the general formula (III-XXIX)
  • X and Y are identical or different and can represent optionally substituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, araliphatic, aromatic and heterocyclic radicals, including saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, heteromono- or heteropolycyclic radicals, carboxyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or cyano or can represent hydrogen, wherein the aromatic and heterocyclic radicals can be substituted by one or more substituents which are chosen from the group which consists of: halogen, formyl, acyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy.
  • Z is chosen from the group which consists of:
  • R 43 , R 44 and A 3 are as defined above and Y is alkyl or optionally alkyl- or halogen- substituted phenyl, are prepared.
  • oxazoles which are obtained by the preparation process are: 2,4-dimethyl-5-methoxymethyl-oxazole, 2-ethyl-5-methoxymethyl-oxazole, 2- iso ⁇ ropyi-4-ethyl-5-ethoxymethyl-oxazole, 2-cyclopropyl-4-hexyl-5-isopropoxymethyl- oxazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-methoxymethyl-oxazole, 2-(m-trifluoromethylphenyl)-4- ineuiyi-4-butoxymethyl-oxazole, 4-methyl-5-methoxymethyl-2-(m-trifluorophenyl)-oxazole 3
  • Ml in the compound Ml + ZT is an alkali metal chosen from, for example, lithium (Li), sodium (Na) or potassium (K) 5 preferably sodium or potassium.
  • compounds of the formula Ml + Z " are alcoholates, such as Na methylate, Na butylate or K tert-butylate, phenolates, such as Na phenolate and Na 4-tert-b ⁇ tyl- ⁇ henolate, carboxylic acid salts, such as Na acetate or K acetate, Li butyrate, Na benzoate and Na 2,6- difluorobenzoate, phthalimide salts, such as K phthalimides and Na phthalimides, hydroxides, such as KOH, NaOH and LiOH, mercaptidejs, such as the sodium salts of methylmercaptan or thiophenol, and Na 2 $ 2 , which leads to the disulphide of the formula
  • M2 in the compound M2 2+ (Z " )2 is an alkaline earth metal chosen from, for example, magnesium or calcium.
  • the reaction according to the invention in accordance with equation (a) is carried out in solvents at temperatures from about 20° C. to 200° C.
  • Suitable solvents are polar compounds, such as, for example, dimethylformamide, d ⁇ methylacetamide, N- methylpyrrolidone, N-methyl-.epsilon.-caprolactam and dimethyl sulphoxide, and compounds of the formula Z-H are furthermore also possible as solvents, for example the reaction of the amides with Na methylate can be carried out successfully in methanol.
  • Addition of basic auxiliaries, such as, for example, K2CO3 or CS2CO3, may be advantageous.
  • the resulting oxazoles are isolated, after removal of insoluble salts by filtration and, if appropriate, removal of solvents by distillation, by extraction of the oxazoles with suitable solvents, such as, for example, hydrocarbons, such as cyclohexane or toluene, or chlorohydrocarbons, such as, for example, methylene chloride or chlorobenzene, or esters, such as ethyl acetate or ethers, from the crude product, to which water has been added to remove water-soluble products.
  • suitable solvents such as, for example, hydrocarbons, such as cyclohexane or toluene, or chlorohydrocarbons, such as, for example, methylene chloride or chlorobenzene, or esters, such as ethyl acetate or ethers.
  • suitable solvents such as, for example, hydrocarbons, such as cyclohexane or toluene, or chlorohydrocarbons, such
  • the amides as starting compounds are obtained by known processes, for example starting from compounds of the formula a, b or c.
  • amines of the formula (III-XXXI) are obtained in a known manner by reaction with corresponding acylating agents, such as, for example, acid halides, esters or acids. Matting from compounds of the formula b or c, amides are obtained in a known manner by reaction with nitrites in the presence of strong acids.
  • Amides corresponding to the formula a are accessible, for example, by hydrolysis under acid conditions from amides, which are obtained in a known manner by a Ritter reaction from alkyl halides or allyl alcohols of the formula b and c. Finally, such amines can also be obtained via allylic nucleophilic substitution with, for example, phthalimide salts from the corresponding allyl halides of the formula c via the stage of the corresponding substituted phthalimides and subsequent solvolysis.
  • the present invention includes pharmaceutical formulations which comprise, in addition to non-toxic, inert pharmaceutically suitable carriers, one or more compounds according to the invention, or which consist of one or more active compounds according to the invention, and processes for the preparation of these formulations. If appropriate, the active compound or compounds can also be present in microencapsulated form in one or more of the abovementioned carriers.
  • the therapeutically active compounds should preferably be present in the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations in a concentration of about 0.1 to 99.5, preferably about 0.5 to 95% by weight, of the total mixture.
  • compositions can also comprise further pharmaceutical active compounds in addition to the compounds according to the invention.
  • an individual dose preferably comprises the active compound or compounds according to the invention in amounts of about 1 to about 80, in particular 3 to 30 mg/kg of body weight.
  • the present invention relates to using for treating HIF-related disorders and symptoms of cancer l-benzyl-3-(substxtuted heteroaryl)-fiised pyrazole derivatives of the general formula (IV-I)
  • a 4 represents phenyl, which is optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, carboxyl, nitro, trifluoromethyi, trifluoromethoxy, azido, straight-chain, or branched alky I, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms
  • R 69 represents a radical of the formula wherein R 72 denotes a radical of the formula -CH(OH)-CHb or straight-chain or branched alkyl having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, which is substituted once to twice by hydroxyl or straight- chain or branched alkoxy having up to 4 carbon atoms, or denotes fo ⁇ nyl, straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which is substituted by amino, azido or by a radical of the formula — OR
  • R 74 R 75 and R 76 are identical or different and denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms
  • R 78 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms
  • R 79 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4. carbon atoms
  • R 72 denotes a group of the formula
  • R 80 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms
  • R 81 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms
  • a4 denotes the number 1, 2 or 3
  • b4 and b4' are identical or different and denote the number 0, 1, 2 or 3
  • c4 denotes the number 1 or 2
  • R 82 and R 83 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R 82 and R
  • R 72 denotes a group of the formula --CHfe —OR 85 , wherein R 8S denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, R 70 and R 71 together form a radical of the formula
  • R 86 denotes hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, amino, trifluoromethyl or straight- chain or branched alkyl or alkoxy having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, or a group of the formula — S(O)c4 ' NR 82 R 83' , wherein c4', R 82 and R 83 have the abovementioned meaning of c4, R 82 and R 83 and are identical to or different from these, and their isomeric forms and salts, with the proviso that R 72 , in the case of the phenyl ring and in the position directly adjacent to the heterpatom, may represent the group of the formula --CH2 -OR 85 OnIy if A 4 either represents phenyl, which is substituted by cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, azido, carboxyl or straight-chain or branched alkoxycarbonyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, or is substituted at ' least twice by
  • the compounds of the general formula (FV-I) according to the invention can also be present in the form of their salts. Salts with organic or inorganic bases or acids may be mentioned in general here. Physiologically acceptable salts are preferred in the context of embodiment IV of the present invention. Physiologically acceptable salts can be salts of the substances according to the invention with mineral acids, carboxylic acids or sulphonic acids.
  • Particularly preferred salts are, for example, those with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, • phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonic acid, toluenesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, naphthalenedisulphonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid or benzoic acid.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts can also be metal or ammonium salts of the compounds according to the invention if they have a free carboxyl group.
  • Particularly preferred salts are, for example, sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, and ammonium salts which are derived from ammonia, or organic amines, such as, for example, ethylamine, di- or triethylamine, di- or triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, dimethylaminoethanol, arginine, lysine or ethylenediamine.
  • Preferred compounds of the general formula (IV-I) according to the invention are those in which A 4 represents phenyl, which is optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxyl, cyano, carboxyl, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, azido, straight-chain or branched alkyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, R 69 represents a radical of the formula
  • R 72 denotes a radical of the formula — CH(OH) ⁇ CH3 or straight-chain or branched alkyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, which is substituted once to twice by hydroxyl or straight- chain or branched alkoxy having up to 3 carbon atoms, or denotes formyl, straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, nitro or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which is substituted by amino, azido or by a radical of the formula — OR 73 , wherein R 73 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a group of the formula
  • R 78 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms and R 79 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, or R 72 denotes a group of the formula
  • R 80 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms
  • R 81 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms
  • a4 denotes the number 1 or 2
  • R 72 denotes a group of the formula --CH 2 —OR 85 , wherein R 85 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, R 70 and R 71 together form a radical of the formula
  • R 86 denotes hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxyl, nitro, amino, trifluoromethyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkoxy having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and their isomeric forms and salts, with the proviso that R 72 , in the case of the phenyl ring and in the position directly adjacent to the heteroatom, may represent the group of the formula -CH 2 —OR 85 only if A 4 either represents phenyl, which is substituted by cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, azido, carboxyl or straight-chain or branched alkoxycarbonyl having up to 6 carbon atoms or is substituted at least twice by the radicals listed above, or R ,, 88 8 6 represents nitro, amino or trifluoromethyl.
  • Particularly preferred compounds of the general formula (TV-I) according to the invention are those in which A 4 represents phenyl, which is optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by fluorine, chlorine, bromine, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxyl, azido, straight-chain or branched alkyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, R 69 represents a radical of the formula
  • R 72 denotes a radical of the formula ⁇ CH(OH)--CH3 or straight-chain or branched alkyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, which is substituted once to twice by hydroxy!, methyl or methoxy, or denotes formyl, straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, nitro or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which is substituted by amino, azido or by a radical of the formula —OR 73 , wherein R 73 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 3 carbon atoms or a group of the formula
  • R 78 denotes hydrogen or methyl and R 79 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, or R 72 denotes a group of the formula
  • R so denotes hydrogen or straight-chain, or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms
  • R 81 denotes hydrogen or methyl and a4 denotes the number 1 or 2
  • R 72 denotes the group of the formula -CH 2 -OR 85 , wherein R 85 denotes hydrogen or methyl, R 70 and R 71 together form a radical of the formula
  • R 86 denotes hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, nitro, trifluoromethyl, amino, hydroxyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkoxy having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and their isomeric forms and salts.
  • Especially preferred compounds of the general formula (TV-T) according to the invention are those in which A 4 represents phenyl, which is optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by fluorine, chlorine, methyl, rnethoxy, cyano, n ⁇ tro, trifluoromethyl or trifluoromethoxy and R 70 and R 71 together, including the double bond, form a phenyl ring * which is optionally substituted by nitro, fluorine, amino or methoxy, with the proviso that R 72 , in the case of the phenyl ring and in the position directly adjacent to the heteroatom, may represent the group of the formula -CHz OR 85 only if A 4 either represents phenyl, which is substituted by cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, azido, carboxyl or straight-chain or branched alkoxycarbonyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, or is substituted at least twice by the radicals listed above, or R 86 represents nitro,
  • the invention furthermore relates to processes for the preparation of the compounds of the general formula (TV-I) according to the invention, characterized in that
  • a 4 , R 70 and R 71 have the abovementioned meaning and L 4 represents a radical of the formula -SnR 87 R 88 R 89 , ZnR 90 , iodine or triflate wherein R 87 , R 88 and R 89 are identical or different and denote straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms and R 90 denotes halogen, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (JV-VIH)
  • R 70 , R 71 and A 4 have the abovementioned meaning, and finally the hydroxyl functions are introduced with osmium tetroxide, and, if appropriate, the substituents listed under R 69 , R 70 , R 71 and/or A 4 are varied orintroduced by customary methods, preferably by reduction, oxidation, splitting off of protective groups and/or nucleophilic substitution.
  • Suitable solvents for the individual steps of process [A4] are in general inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether, dimerahydrofuran, halogenohydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethane, tetrachloroethane, 1,2-dichloroethane or trichloroethylene, alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol or propanol, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide.
  • ethers such as diethyl ether, dimerahydrofuran
  • halogenohydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon
  • reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 150° C, preferably from +20° C. to +110° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
  • Suitable acids are in general carboxylic acids, such as, for example, acetic acid, toluenesulphonic acid, sulphuric acid or hydrogen chloride. Acetic acid is preferred.
  • Suitable solvents here for the individual steps of process [B4] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, toluene or dimethylformamide are particularly preferred.
  • Bases which can be employed for the process according to the invention are in general inorganic or organic bases. These include, preferably, alkali metal hydroxides, such as, for example, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, such as, for example, barium hydroxide, alkali metal carbonates, such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate, alkaline earth metal carbonates, such as calcium carbonate, or alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alcoholates, such as sodium or potassium methanolate, sodium or potassium ethanolate or potassium tert-butylate, or organic amines (triaIkyl-(Ci - C 6 )amines), such as triethylamine, or heterocyclic compounds, such as 1,4- diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), l,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), pyridine, diaminopyridine, methylpiperidine or morph
  • alkali metals such as sodium
  • hydrides thereof such as sodium hydride.
  • Sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, triethylamine and sodium hydride are preferred.
  • the base is employed in an amount of 1 mol to5 mol, preferably 1 mol to 3 mol, per 5 mole of the compound of the general formula (IV-II).
  • the reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 150° C, preferably from +20° C. to +110° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is hi general carried out under normal pressure.
  • Suitable solvents here for processes [C4] and [D4] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, DME or dioxane, halogenohydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethane, tetrachloroethane, 1,2-dichloroethane or trichloroethylene, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, aceton ⁇ trile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, toluene, dioxane or dimethoxyethane are particularly preferred.
  • the reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 150° C, preferably from +20° C. to +110° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
  • Suitable palladium compounds in the context of the present invention are in general PdCl 2 ((C O 1*5)3)2, palladium b ⁇ s-dibenzylideneacetone (Pd(dba)2), [l,l'-bis- (diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]-palladium(II) chloride (Pd(dppf)Cl 2 ) or Pd(P(C 6 Hs) 3 ) 4 .
  • Pd(P(C 6 H 5 ) 3 )4 is preferred.
  • the compounds of the general formula (IV-V) are known in some cases and can be prepared by a process in which compounds of the general formula (IV-IX)
  • the compounds of the general formula (IV-VII) are known in some cases or, in the case of the stannyls, are new and can then be prepared, for example, by a process in which the compounds of the general formula (IV-VIIa)
  • R 87 , R 88 and R 89 have the abovementioned meaning, under palladium catalysis as described above.
  • the reductions are in general carried out with reducing agents, preferably with those which are suitable for reduction of carbonyl to hydroxy compounds.
  • a particularly suitable reduction here is reduction with metal hydrides or complex metal hydrides in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a trialkylborane.
  • the reduction is preferably carried out with complex metal hydrides, such as, for example, lithium boranate, sodium boranate, potassium boranate, zinc boranate, lithium trialkylhydridoboranate, diisobutylaluminium hydride or lithium aluminium hydride.
  • the reduction is especially preferably carried out with diisobutylaluminium hydride and sodium borohydride.
  • the reducing agent is in general employed in an amount of 1 mol to 6 mol, preferably 1 mol to 4 mol, per mole of the compounds to be reduced.
  • the reduction in general proceeds in a temperature range from -78° C. to +50° C, preferably from -78° C. to 0° C, in the case of DIBAH, 0° C, room temperature in the case of NaBH t , particularly preferably at -78° C, in each case depending on the choice of reducing agent and solvents.
  • the reduction in general proceeds under normal pressure, but it is also possible to carry it out under increased or reduced pressure.
  • the protective group is in general split off in one of the abovementioned alcohols and/or tetrahydrofuran or acetone, preferably methanol/tetrahydrofuran, in the presence of hydrochloric acid or trifluoroacetic acid or toluenesulphonic acid in a temperature range from 0° C. to 70° C, preferably at room temperature under normal pressure.
  • the compounds of the general formula (TV-I) and (TV-Ia) according to the invention show an unforeseeable, valuable pharmacological action spectrum.
  • the present invention includes pharmaceutical formulations which comprise, in addition to non-toxic, inert pharmaceutically suitable carriers, one or more compounds according to the invention, or which consist of one or more active compounds according to the invention, and processes for the preparation of these formulations.
  • the active compound or compounds can also be present in microencapsulated form in one or more of the abovementioned carriers.
  • the therapeutically active compounds should preferably be present in the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations in a concentration of about 0.1 to 99.5, preferably about 0.5 to 95% by weight of the total mixture.
  • the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations can also comprise further pharmaceutical active compounds in addition to the compounds according to the invention.
  • An individual dose preferably comprises the active compound or compounds according to the invention in amounts of about 1 to about 80, in particular 3 to 30 mg/kg of body weight.
  • the present invention relates to using for treating HTF-related disorders and symptoms of cancer
  • the compounds of the general formula (V) according to the invention can also be present in the form of their salts. Salts with organic or inorganic bases or acids may be mentioned in general here.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts are preferred in the context of embodiment V of the present invention.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts can be salts of the substances according to the invention with mineral acids, carboxylic acids or sulphonic acids.
  • Particularly preferred salts are, for example, those with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonie acid, toluenesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, naphthalenedisulphonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, male ⁇ c acid or benzoic acid.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts can also be metal or ammonium salts of the compounds according to the invention if they have a free carboxyl group.
  • Particularly preferred salts are, for example, sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, and ammonium salts which are derived from ammonia, or organic amines, such as, for example, ethylarni ⁇ e, di- or triethylamine, di- or triethanolamine, d ⁇ cyclohexylamine, dimethylam ⁇ noethanol, arginine, lysine or ethylenediamine.
  • the compounds of the general formula (V) according to the invention show an unforeseeable, valuable pharmacological action spectrum.
  • the present invention includes pharmaceutical formulations which comprise, in addition to non-toxic, inert pharmaceutically suitable carriers, one or more compounds according to the invention, or which consist of one or more active compounds according to the invention, and processes for the preparation of these formulations.
  • the active compound or compounds can also be present in microencapsulated form in one or more of the abovementioned carriers.
  • the therapeutically active compounds should preferably be present in the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations in a concentration of about 0.1 to 99.5, preferably about 0.5 to 95% by weight of the total mixture.
  • the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations can also comprise further pharmaceutical active compounds in addition to the compounds according to the invention.
  • An individual dose preferably comprises the active compound or compounds according to the • invention in amounts of about 1 to about 80, in particular 3 to 30 mg/kg of body weight.
  • the present invention is based on the surprising discovery that described compounds herein exhibit an antitumor effect in vivo either by inhibiting HIF activity or by arresting the cell cycle essential for tumor growth and metastasis.
  • one aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting HIF- 1 ot or HIF-2 ⁇ expression in tumor cells or tissues, and to induce cell cycle arrest leading to apoptosis, comprising contacting the tumor cells or tissues with a composition comprising the compounds described herein at an effective amount for inducing cell cycle arrest.
  • Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting HIF- regulated gene expression in tumor cells or tissues, comprising contacting the tumor cells or tissues with a composition comprising the compounds described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting HIF- regulated gene expression.
  • a further aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting tumor growth in animal tissues, comprising contacting the animal tissues with a composition comprising the compounds described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting tumor growth.
  • Yet another aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting tumor progression and metastasis in animal tissues, comprising contacting the animal tissues with a composition comprising the compounds described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting tumor progression and metastasis.
  • the present invention is broadly applicable to a variety of uses which include single agent or a component in combination therapy to treat HIF-mediated disorders or conditions with accompanying undesired angiogenesis, such as solid and blood-borne tumors including but not limited to melanomas, carcinomas, sarcomas, rhabdomyosarcoma, retinoblastoma, Ew ⁇ ng sarcoma, neuroblastoma, osteosarcoma, and leukemia.
  • solid and blood-borne tumors including but not limited to melanomas, carcinomas, sarcomas, rhabdomyosarcoma, retinoblastoma, Ew ⁇ ng sarcoma, neuroblastoma, osteosarcoma, and leukemia.
  • Compounds of the invention have an inhibitory effect on the expression of HIF- l ⁇ and HIF-2 ⁇ and on the induction of VEGF, aldolase A, and enolase 1 in cancer cells cultured under hypoxic conditions.
  • treatment halts the growth of xenografted tumors originating from hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, and neuroblastoma cells.
  • Tumors from treated mice show fewer blood vessels and reduced expression of HIF-I ⁇ and HIF-2 ⁇ proteins and HIF-regulated genes than tumors from vehicle-treated mice.
  • the compounds induce cell cycle arrest in Hep3B liver tumor cells. After application of 1 ⁇ M into cultures of Hep3B cells, typically in 48 hours, about 28% of the cells are in the G0/G1 phases, 15% in the G2/M phases, 57% in the S phase, and a small percentage are characterized as being in the sub-Gl phase. In the control, typically 60% of the cells are in the G0/G1 phases, 16% in the G2/M phases, and 30% in the S-phase. Substantial arrest of the cell cycle such that almost double the percentage of cells are in the S-phase.
  • the described compounds can be evaluated for efficacy using the methods described above.
  • compounds of the invention have efficacy in in a cell viability assay using human cancer cells.
  • the cells are treated with the described compound (at concentrations ranging from 0.5-2 ⁇ M) and buffer.
  • Cellular viability is measured at 24, 48, and 72 hours. Treatment with the compound results in a notable decrease in cell viability.
  • a daily dose is from about 0.05 to 100 mg/kg of body weight, preferably about 0.10 to 10.0 mg/kg of body weight, and most preferably about 0.15 to 1.0 mg/kg of body weight.
  • the dosage range would be about 3.5 to 7000 mg per day, preferably about 7.0 to 700.0 mg per day, and most preferably about 10.5 to 70 mg per day.
  • the amount of active compound administered will, of course, be dependent on the subject and disease state being treated, the severity of the affliction, the manner and schedule of administration and the judgment of the prescribing physician; for example, a likely dose range for oral administration would be about 700 to 7000 mg per day, whereas for intravenous administration a likely dose range would be about 70 to 700 mg per day, the active agents being selected for longer or shorter plasma half-lives, respectively.
  • the nonspecific cytotoxicity of the compounds according to the invention is generally greater than 90% survival tested in vitro by MTT assay at a concentration of 5 ⁇ g/ml.
  • MTT assay cells are plated in culture plates at a density of 2x10 4 cells per well. After stabilizing for 24 hr., Hep3B cells are treated with test " compound at a concentration of 5 ⁇ g/ml, then assayed after 24-hr, for viability.
  • MTT-labeling reagent final cone. 0.5 mg/ml
  • Absorbance is measured at 570 nm.
  • Administration of the compounds of the invention or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be via any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities including, but not limited to, orally, subcutaneously, intravenously, intranasally, topically, transdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, intrapulmonarilly, vaginally, rectally, or intraocularly.
  • Oral and parenteral administration are customary in treating the indications that are the subject of the present invention.
  • compositions include solid, semi-solid, liquid and aerosol dosage forms, such as, e.g., tablets, capsules, powders, liquids, suspensions, suppositories, aerosols or the like.
  • the compounds can also be administered in sustained or controlled release dosage forms, including depot injections, osmotic pumps, pills, transdermal (including electrotransport) patches, and the like, for prolonged and/or timed, pulsed administration at a predetermined rate.
  • the compositions are provided in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of a precise dose.
  • the compounds can be administered either alone or more typically in combination with a conventional pharmaceutical carrier, excipient or the like (e.g., mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, talcum, cellulose, sodium crosscarmellose, glucose, gelatin, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like).
  • a conventional pharmaceutical carrier e.g., mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, talcum, cellulose, sodium crosscarmellose, glucose, gelatin, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can also contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting agents, emulsifying agents, solubilizing agents, pH buffering agents and the like (e.g., sodium acetate, sodium citrate, cyclodextrin derivatives, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolam ⁇ ne acetate, triethanolamine oleate, and the like).
  • the pharmaceutical formulation will contain about 0.005% to 95%, preferably about 0.5% to 50% by weight of a compound of the invention.
  • Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art; for example, see Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pennsylvania.
  • the compounds of the invention can be co-administered with other active medicinal agents and/or administered in conjunction with other anticancer, antitumor, or antiproliferative disease therapies.
  • Such therapies include, but are not limited to, radiation therapy, chemotherapy, immunotherapy, laser/microwave thermotherapy, and gene therapy using antisense DNA and RNA. See Moeller et al., Cancer Cell 2004 5:429-441.
  • Suitable additional active agents include, for example: with a ⁇ fa interferons such as Interferon alfa-2b; alkylators such as asaley, AZQ, BCNU, busulfan, carboxyphthalatoplatinum, CBDCA, CCNU, CHIP, chlorambucil, chlorozotocin, clomesone, cyclodisone, cyclophosphamide, dacarbazine, dianhydrogalactitol, fluorodopan, hepsulfam, hycanthone, L-TAM, melphalan, methyl CCNU, mitomycin C, mitozolamide, nitrogen mustard, PCNU, p ⁇ perazine alkylator, piperazinedione, pipobroman, porfiromycin, spirohydantoin mustard, temozolomide, teroxirone, tetraplatin, thio-tepa, triethylenemelamine, uracil nitrogen mustard, and
  • the compositions will take the form of a pill or tablet and thus the composition will contain, along with the active ingredient, a diluent such as lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, or the like; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or the like; and a binder such as starch, gum acacia, polyvinylpyrrolidine, gelatin, cellulose, cellulose derivatives or the like.
  • a powder, marume, solution or suspension e.g., in propylene carbonate, vegetable oils or triglycerides
  • a gelatin capsule e.g., in propylene carbonate, vegetable oils or triglycerides
  • Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dissolving, dispersing, etc. an active compound as defined above and optional pharmaceutical adjuvants in a carrier (e.g., water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, glycols, ethanol or the like) to form a solution or suspension.
  • a carrier e.g., water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, glycols, ethanol or the like
  • injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, as emulsions, or in solid forms suitable for dissolution or suspension in liquid prior to injection.
  • the percentage of active compound contained in such parenteral compositions is highly dependent on the specific nature thereof, as well as the activity of the compound and the needs of the subject. However, percentages of active ingredient of 0.01% to 10% in solution are employable, and will be higher if the composition is a solid that will be subsequently diluted to
  • Formulations of the active compound or a salt may also be administered to the respiratory tract as an aerosol or solution for a nebulizer, or as a microfine powder for insufflation, alone or in combination with an inert carrier such as lactose.
  • the particles of the formulation have diameters of less than 50 microns, preferably less than 10 microns.
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • a mixture of 10 g of 3-(m-trifluoromethylbenzoylam ⁇ do)-l,l-dichlorobut-l-ene, 5.1 g of sodium methylate and 35 ml of dimethylacetamide is stirred at 25° C. overnight, 50 ml of water are then added and the mixture is extracted several times with methylene chloride. The methylene chloride phase is separated off, dried with sodium sulphate and filtered and the solvent is removed in a vacuum rotary evaporator.
  • a mixture of 1,1,3-trichloro- but-1-ene and l,l,l-trichloro-but-2-ene is obtained by distillation of the crude product (492 g of boiling range 45-50° C./20 mbar).
  • This crude product is mixed with 950 ml of half-concentrated hydrochloric acid, while stirring, the mixture being heated at the boiling point under reflux cooling. After 24 hours, the mixture is cooled and a small amount of by-product is removed by extraction with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is concentrated to dryness in a rotary evaporator. Half-concentrated sodium hydroxide solution is then added and the mixture is stirred, the pH being adjusted to 9. The amine which separates out is isolated and distilled. 156 g of 3- amino-1, 1-dichloro-but-l-ene are obtained, boiling point 45-50° C./18 mbar.
  • a solution of 26.9 g of m-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to a mixture of 21.0 g of 3-amino-l, 1-dichloro-but-l-ene, 35 ml of methylene chloride and a solution of 15.9 g of sodium carbonate in 45 ml of water in the course of 30 minutes, while cooling with ice and stirring vigorously. After a reaction time of a further hour, the phases are separated. Concentration of the organic phase gives 39.0 g of 2,2-dichloro-3-(m-trifluoromethylbenzoylamido)-but-l-ene.
  • the l,l-dichloro-3-[l-(2-fluorobenzyl)indazole-3-carboxamido]-but-l-ene employed is prepared as follows: 120 ⁇ l of pyridine are added to 400 mg of l-(2-fluorobenzyl)- indazole-3-carboxyl chloride (1.385 mmol) and 200 mg of 3-amino-l,l-dichloro-but-l-ene in 1.5 ml of THF and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Ethyl acetate and water are then added. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides methods and pharmaceutical compositions for inhibiting expressions of HIF and HIF regulated genes, inhibiting angiogenesis, inducing cell cycle arrest in tumor cells, and treating cell proliferating diseases or conditions.

Description

ANΪΪ-ANGIOGENESIS COMPOUNDS
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
The present application claims the benefit of priority to UJS. Provisional Patent Application Serial NoI 60/741,742, filed December 2, 2005, the contents of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
1. Field of the Invention:
The present invention relates to methods and pharmaceutical compositions for inhibiting tumor growth by arresting the cell cycle or by suppressing HIF-regutated gene expression, inhibiting angiogenesis in tumor cells or tissues, and for treating HIF mediated disorders or conditions.
2. Background of the Invention
Hypoxia, a reduction in tissue oxygen levels below physiologic levels, commonly develops within solid tumors because tumor cell proliferation is greater than the rate of blood vessel formation. Thus, the increase in tumor mass results in aberrant vasculature formation, which compromises the blood supply (Hockel et al., J Natl Cancer Inst 2001 93:266-276). Tumor hypoxia is one stimulus that leads to the increased expression of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and stimulates angiogenesis, which is essential for meeting the metabolic requirements of tumor growth (Dachs et al., Bur J Cancer 2000 36:1649-1660). In addition, hypoxia contributes to tumor progression to a more malignant phenotype because cells surviving under hypoxic conditions often become resistant to radiotherapy and chemotherapy (Brown, J. M. Cancer Res 1999 59:5863-5870). Thus, factors that regulate the hypoxic events may be good targets for anticancer therapy.
One such target is hypoxia-inducible factor 1 (HIF-I). HIF-I is a key transcription factor that regulates the blood supply through the expression of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) (Forsythe et al., MoI Cell Biol 1996 16:4604-4613). The biologic activity of HIF-I, a heterqdimer composed of HIF-lα and HIF-lβ (Ψanget αl., J Biol Chem 1995 270:1230-1237), depends on the amount of HIF-lα, which is tightly regulated by oxygen tension. Under normoxic conditions, HIF-lα protein is unstable. The instability is' mainly regulated by the binding to the von Hippel-Lindau tumor suppressor protein (pVHL) (Maxwell et αl, Nature 1999399:271-275). This binding occurs after the hydroxylation of the two HIF-I α proline residues by HIF-prolyl hyroxylases (Jaakkolae* αl., Science 2001 292:468-472; Ivan et ah, Science 2001 292:464-468; Masson et ah, EMBO J 2001 20:5197-5206). The von Hippel-Lindau protein is one of the components of the multiprotein ubiquitin-E3-ligase complex, which mediates the ubiquitylation of HIF-I α, targeting it for proteasomal proteolysis (Huang et ah, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1998 95:7987-7992). However, under hypoxic conditions, proline hydroxylation is inhibited, binding between HIF-I and the von Hippel-Lindau protein is eliminated and HIF-I α becomes stable. HIF-2α (also known as endothelial PAS protein-1 or MOP2) is another member in HEF family. It was found by homology searches in ihe gene bank and by cloning experiments. HIF-2α is highly similar to HDF-lα in protein structure, but exhibits restricted tissue-specific expression. HIF-2α is also lightly regulated by oxygen tension and its complex with H-F-I β appears to be directly involved in hypoxic gene regulation,"as is HDF-lα. Since HIF-2α is expressed in a number of cancer cell lines and involved in hypoxic gene regulation, HIF-2α is also suggested to be associated with tumor promotion, but may not contribute to the growth of most tumors. In breast cancer cell lines mat express both HIF-lα and HEF-2α, HEF-Iα rather than HIF-2α appears to predominantly contribute to the transcriptional response to hypoxia. However, HIF-2α may take over the role of HIF-I α in tumors that express only HIF-2α. Indeed, in von Hippel-Lindau (VHL)-defective 786-O renal cell carcinoma cells, the transcriptional response to hypoxia depended on expression levels of HIF-2α. Moreover, the ectopic expression of HEF-2α led to enhanced growth of 786-O tumors grafted in nude mice. Therefore, HTJF-2α is also a good target for cancer treatment. See Semenza, G. L., Nature Reviews, Cancer, Vol.3, (2003), pp. 70-81.
As used herein, the term HIF means the combined effect of or total proteins of HIF-I plus EOGF-2. In addition the term HIF-I means the combined effect of or total proteins of HIF-I α plus HIF-I β. The term HEF-2 means the combined effect of or total proteins of HIF-2α plus HIF-2β.
While searching for anticancer agents mat inhibit HEF-I activity, we identified a novel pharmacologic action of YC-I and novel analogs thereof. YC-I, S-^'-hydroxymethyl^'- furyl)-l-benzylindazole, has been known to inhibit platelet aggregation and vascular contraction by activating soluble guanylyl cyclase, and was originally developed as a potential therapeutic agent for circulation disorders (Teng et ah, Eur J Pharmacol 1997 320:161-166; Galle et ah, Br J Pharmacol 1999 127:195-203). Recently, we have found two novel biological actions of YC-I and novel analogs thereof; one is the inhibitory effect on either HIF-I or HIF-2 activity, and the other is the antiproliferative effect on cancer cells by arresting the cell cycle and leading to cell apoptosis.
The inhibitory effects of compounds of the invention on the expression of HIF-lα and The inhibitory effects of compounds of the invention on the expression of HIP-loc and on the induction of VEGF, aldolase A, and enolase I in cancer cells cultured under hypoxic conditions are also exhibited in vivo, treatment by halting the growth of xenografted tumors originating from human cancers, such as hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma cells. Tumors from mice treated with the compounds showed fewer blood vessels and reduced expression of HϊF-lα protein and HIF-I -regulated genes than tumors from vehicle-treated mice. These results support that the compounds are inhibitors of HIF-I and HIF-2, and halt tumor growth by blocking tumor angiogenesis and tumor adaptation to hypoxia. The compounds are also useful against tumors that overexpress HIF proteins.
The eukaryotic cell cycle is divided into four stages: Gl, S, G2, and M. Gl is the gap phase during which cells prepare for the process of DNA replication. During this phase, cells integrate mitogenic and growth-inhibitory signals and make the decision to proceed, pause, or exit cell cycle. The S Phase is defined as the stage in which DNA synthesis occurs. G2 is the second gap phase during which the cell prepares for the process of division. The M phase is defined as the stage in which the replicated chromosomes are segregated into separate nuclei and other cellular components are divided to make two daughter cells. In addition to Gl, S, G% and M, GO is defined as the cell stage in which cells exit cell cycle and become .quiescent. Cells have evolved signaling pathways to coordinate cell cycle transitions and ensure faithful replication of the genome before cell division. Cell cycle progression is stimulated by protein kinase complexes, each of which consists of a cyclin and a cyclin-dependent kinase (CDK). The CDK's are expressed constitutively through cell cycle, whereas cyclin levels are restricted by transcriptional regulation of the cyclin genes and by ubiquitin-mediated degradation. The CDK activation requires the binding of a cyclin partner in addition to site-specific phosphorylation. To ■ carry on error-free cell cycle, eukaryotic cells have developed control mechanisms that restrain cell cycle.transitions in response to stress. These regulatory pathways are termed cell cycle checkpoints, which can be divided into three points, i.e., Gϊ-S, G2, and M phase checkpoint.
U.S. Patent No. 6,387,940 Bl describes various analogs of YC-I, The contents of this document are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, especially as they relate to the process for making the compounds that are described herein. WO 2005/030121 A2 discloses anti-cancer and antϊ-HIF disorder related uses of YC-I analogs. The contents of this document are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, especially as they relate to the process for testing and using YC-I analogs for anticancer, anti-cell proliferation and anti-HIF related disorder effects.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one aspect, the invention is directed to using compound to treat a HIF-related disease or disorder by administering without limitation any of the compounds described below. Further, the compounds indicated below may be used as an anti-proliferative agent of cancer cells.
1. A 3-FϊeterocycIyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (III-I)
Figure imgf000005_0001
in which R42 represents a saturated 6-membered heterocyclic ring having up to 2 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S3 N and/or O or represents a 5-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having 2 to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, which can also be bonded via a nitrogen atom and which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, phenyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylthio or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula -OR4\ wherein R4S denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a group of the formula -SiR46R47R48, wherein R46, R47 and R48 are identical or different and denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, and/or can be substituted by a radical of the formula CB3 en,,
Figure imgf000006_0001
wherein a3, b3 and b3' denote the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, R49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, c3 denotes the number 1 or 2 and R50 and R51 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R50 and R51, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical -NR52, wherein RS2 denotes hydrogen, straight- chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000006_0002
or denotes benzyl or phenyl, wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of N, S and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times m an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a group of the formula ~S(O)c3 NR50RS1', wherein c3, R50' and R5t' have the abovementioned meaning of c3, R50 and R51 and are identical to or different from these, A3 represents a 5- to 6-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having up to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by amino, mercaptyl. hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or is substituted by a group of the formula (— CO)^ -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or an isomer or salt thereof.
2. A compound according to 1 above of formula (HI-I), wherein R42 represents pyranyl or morpholinyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amin'o, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, or by a radical of the formula --OR45, wherein R45 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a group of the formula — SiR46R47 R48, wherein R46, R47 and R48 are identical or different and denote straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein a3 denotes the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, R49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, A3 represents tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyϊ, thienyl, pyrimidyl, phenyl, morpholinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl or pyridyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkyϊthϊo, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having, in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a group of the formula — (CO)d3 -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight- chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, or an isomer or salt thereof.
3. A compound according to 1 above wherein in formula (IH-I), R42 represents imidazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiazolyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, fluorine, chlorine, trifluoromethyl, carboxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms or by the radical of the formula -O-CO--CH3, and/or are substituted by a radical of the formula
/ r . "11
wherein a3 denotes the number 0, 1 or 2, Jl49 denotes hydrogen or methyl, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain, or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, nitro, cyanσ, fluorine, chlorine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or allcoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, A3 represents tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl, thienyl, pyrimidyl or pyridyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydmxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a group of the formula -(CO)^ -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1 , R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, or an isomer or salt thereof.
Thus, in one aspect, the invention is directed to the invention is directed to a method of inhibiting HIF expression in tumor cells or tissues in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3- heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (HI-I) described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting HIF expression. The effective amount may be effective to inhibit HlF- lα expression. The effective amount may be effective to inhibit HIF-2α expression. The tumor cells or tissue may include tumors that overexpress HlF proteins. The tumor may be selected without limitation from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma and neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
In another aspect, the invention is directed to a method of inhibiting HIF-regulated gene expression in tumor cells or tissues in a subject, including administering to the subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl- substϊtuted pyrazole derivative of the formula (IH-I) described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting HIF-regulated gene expression. The HIF-regulated gene . may be selected without limitaion from the group consisting of erythropoietin, transferrin, transferrin receptor, ceruloplasmϊn, vascular endothelial . growth factor (VBGF), VEGF receptor FLT-I, transforming growth factor β3, plasminogen activator inhibitor 1, αlB adrenergic receptor, adrenomedullin, endothelin 1, nitric oxide synthase 2, heme oxygenase 1, glucose transporter 1 and 3, hexokinase 1 and 2, enolase 1, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, phosphoglycerate kinase 1, phosphoglucokinase L, pyruvate kinase M, aldolase A and C, rios phosphate isomerase, lactate dehydrogenase A, carbonic anhydrase 9, adenylate kinase 3, ρropyl-4-hydroxylase al, insulin-like growth factor (IGF) 2, IGP-binding protein 1, 2 and 3, P21, Nip3, cyclin G2 and differentiated embryo chondrocyte 1. In particular, the HIF-regulated gene may be selected from the group consisting of VEGF, aldolase A and enolase l.The effective amount may be effective to inhibit HIF- lα expression. The effective amount may be effective to inhibit HIF-2α expression. The tumor cells or tissue may include tumors that overexpress HIF proteins. The tumor may be selected from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
In yet another aspect, the invention is directed to a method of inhibiting angiogenesis in tumor cells or tissues in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (HI-I) described Herein at an effective amount for inhibiting angiogenesis. The tumor cells or tissue may include tumors that overexpress HIF proteins. The tumor may be selected from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
In another aspect, the invention is directed to a method of inhibiting tumor growth in animal tissues in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (IH-I) described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting tumor growth. The tumor may overexpress HIF proteins. The tumor may be selected without limitation from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
In yet another aspect, the invention is directed to a method of inhibiting tumor progression and metastasis in tissues in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a composition comprising a compound or a mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl- substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (IH-I) described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting tumor progression and metastasis. The tumor may overexpress HIF proteins. The tumor may be selected without limitation from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
In still another aspect, the invention is directed to a method of treating a HIF-mediated and/or VEGF-mediated disorder or condition in a subject comprising administering to the subject a composition, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (IH-O described herein. Overepression of HIF proteins may be an indication of the disorders or condition. The HIF-mediated disorder or condition may be selected without limitation from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
In another aspect, the invention is directed to a method of enhancing the inhibitory effect on tumor growth in a subject in combination with another antitumor therapy comprising administering to said subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (HI-I) described herein at an effective amount for synergistically enhancing the combined tumor- inhibiting effect of the therapy and the composition in the subject.
In yet another aspect, the invention is directed to a method for arresting the cell cycle in proliferating cells in a subject comprising administering to said subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (HI-I) described herein at an effective amount to inhibit progression of cell proliferation. The proliferating cells may include tumors. The proliferating cells may include cells symptomatic of a hyper-proliferafcive skin disorder.
These and other objects of the invention will be more fully understood from the following description of the invention, the referenced drawings attached hereto and the claims appended hereto.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
In the present application, "a" and "an" are used to refer to both single and a plurality of objects.
Formula I
The present invention relates to using for treating HIF-related disorders and symptoms of cancer heterocyclylmethyl-substituted pyrazole derivatives, in the embodiment designated I (roman one), of the general formula (I-I)
Figure imgf000011_0001
in which
R1 represents a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatotn from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, or represents phenyl, which are optionally substituted up 'to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, mercaptyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight- chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula —OR4, wherein R4 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a group of the formula --SiR5R6R7, wherein R5, R6 and R7 are identical or different and denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a radical of the formula
P — J P — <c8&t — CH,
O— (CH2),!, O (CH_W— C^j,
N^ or S(O)01)MR=R1'
wherein bl and bl' are identical or different and denote the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, al denotes the number 1, 2 or 3, R8 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, cl denotes the number 1 or 2 and R9 and R10 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R9 and R10, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical — NP1 ' , wherein R1 ' denotes hydrogen, straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000012_0001
or denotes benzyl or phenyl, wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R2 and R3. including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, wherein the alkyl in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a radical of the formula --S(O)0I-, NR9 R10, wherein Cr, R9 and R10 have the abovementioned meaning of C\>, R9 and R10 and are identical to or different from these, A1 represents a 5- to 6-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having up to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, which is optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by mercaptyl, hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or is substituted by a group of the formula --(CO)di -NR12 R13, wherein dl denotes the number 0 or 1, R12 and R13 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight- chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and their isomeric forms, salts and their N-oxides.
The compounds of the general formula (I-l) according to the invention can also be present in the form of their salts. Salts with organic or inorganic bases or acids may be mentioned in general here.
In the context of embodiment I of the present invention, physiologically acceptable salts are preferred. Physiologically acceptable salts of the heterocyclylmethyl-substituted pyrazole derivatives can be salts of the substances according to the invention with mineral acids, carboxylic acids or sulphonic acids. Particularly preferred salts are, for example, salts with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonic acid, toluenesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, naphthalenedisulphonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, Citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid or benzoic acid.
Physiologically acceptable salts can also be metal or ammonium salts of the compounds according to the invention which have a free carboxyl group. Particularly preferred salts are, for example, sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, and ammonium salts which are derived from ammonia, or organic amines, such as, for example, ethylamine, di- or triethylamine, di- or triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, dimethylaminoethanol, arginine, lysine or ethylenediamine.
The compounds according to the invention can exist in stereoisomeric forms which either behave as mirror images (enantiomers) or do not behave as mirror images (diastereomers). The invention relates both to the enantiomers or diastereomers or their particular mixtures. The racemic forms, like the diastereomers, can be separated into the stereoisomerically uniform constituents in a known manner.
Heterocyclic ring in the context of embodiment I of the invention, and depending on the abovementioned substituents, in general represents a 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring which can contain 1 heteroatom in the 5-membered ring in the case of R1 and up to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S; N and/or O in the case of A. Examples which may be mentioned are: pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl, furyli morpholinyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrahydropyranyl or tetrahydrofuranyl. Fiiryl, pyridyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrimidyl, pyrϊdazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydropyranyl or tetrahydrofiiranyl are preferred.
Preferred compounds of the general formula (I-I) according to the invention are those in which R1 represents fiiryl, pyrrolyl, thienyl or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl. amino, carboxyi, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula -OR4, wherein R4 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein al denotes the number 1, 2 or 3, R8 'denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, R2 and R3, including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxy!, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, A1 represents tetrahydropyranyl, thienyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl or pyridyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by hydroxyl, formyl, carbox^l, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a group of the formula — (CO)di -NR12 R13, wherein dl denotes the number 0 or 1, R12 and R13 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight- chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, and their isomeric forms and salts and their N-oxides.
Particularly preferred compounds of the general formula (H) according to the invention are those in which R1 represents furyl, pyrryl, thienyl or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by fbrmyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a radical of the formula
O-OOHøu N^ 8 wherein al denotes the number 1 or 2, R8 denotes hydrogen or methyl, R2 and R3, including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, fluorine, chlorine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, A1 represents tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydroftiranyl, thienyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl. pyridazinyl, furyl or pyridyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydrexyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a group of the formula ~(CO)di -NR12 R13, wherein dl denotes the number 0 or 1, R12 and R13 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and their isomeric forms and salts and their N- oxides.
Especially preferred compounds of the general formula (I-ϊ) according to the invention are those in which R1 represents .furyl, which is optionally substituted by formyl or by radical of the formula -CEb —OH or
Figure imgf000016_0001
R2 and R3, including the double bond, form a phenyl ring which is substituted by phenyl, fluorine or nitro, A1 represents fiiryl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, thienyl, tetrahydrofiiranyl or tetrahydropyranyl, which are optionally substituted by chlorine, bromine, methoxy, methoxycarboπyl or carboxyl. and their salts, isomeric forms and N-oxides.
The invention furthermore relates to processes for the preparation of the compounds of the general formula (H) according to.theinvention, characterized in that [Al] compounds of the general formula (T-II)
Figure imgf000017_0001
in which R1, R2 and R3 have the abovementioned meaning, are reacted with compounds of the general foπnula (I-III)
D1 -CH2 -A1 (MII)
in which A1 has the abovementioned meaning and D1 represents triflate or halogen, preferably bromine, in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a base, or [Bl] compounds of the general formula (I-IV)
Figure imgf000017_0002
in which A', R2 and R3 have the abovementioned meaning and L1 represents a radical of the formula -SnR14R15R16, ZnR17, iodine or triflate, wherein R14, R15 and R16 are identical or different and denote straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms and R17 denotes halogen, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (I-V)
R1 -T1 (1-V) in which R1 has the abovementioned meaning and in the case where L1 =SnR14R15R16 or ZnR17, T1 represents triflate or represents halogen, preferably bromine, and in the case where L1 =iodine or triflate, T1 represents a radical of the formula SnR141R15R16', ZnR17' OrBR18R19, wherein R14', R15', R16' and R17' have the abovementioned meaning of R14, R15 ? R16 and R17 and are identical to or different from these, RΪ.8 and R19 are identical or different and denote hydroxyl, aryloxy having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkoxy having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or together form a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic ring, in a palladium-catalysed reaction in inert solvents, and, in the case of the radicals — S(O)ci NR9 R10 and -S(O)0I-NR9' R10', starting from the unsubstituted compounds of the general formula (I-I), these are first reacted with thionyl chloride, and finally the amine component is employed, and, if appropriate, the substituents listed under R1, R2, R3 and/or A1 are varied or introduced by customary methods, preferably by reduction, oxidation, splitting off of protective groups and/or nucleophilic substitution.
The processes according to the invention can be illustrated by way of example by the following equations.
Figure imgf000018_0001
Figure imgf000018_0002
Figure imgf000019_0001
Suitable solvents here for the individual steps of process [Al] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran; hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, toluene or dϊmethylformramide are particularly preferred. Bases which can be employed for the process according to the invention are in general inorganic or organic bases. These include, preferably, alkali metal hydroxides, such as, for example, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, such as, for example, barium hydroxide, alkali metal carbonates, such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate, alkaline earth metal carbonates, such as calcium carbonate, or alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alcoholates, such as sodium or potassium methanolate, sodium or potassium ethanolate or potassium tert-butylate, or organic amines (trialkyl-(Ci - Cβ)amines), such as triethylamine, or heterocyclic compounds, such as 1,4- diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane. (DABCO), l,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), pyridine, diaminopyrϊdine, methylpiperidine or morpholine. It is also possible to employ as the bases alkali metals, such as sodium, and hydrides thereof, such as sodium hydride. Sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, triethylamine and sodium hydride are preferred.
The base is employed in an amount of 1 mol to 5 mol, preferably 1 mol to 3 mol, per mole of the compound of the general formula (I-II).
The reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from O0C. to 1500C, preferably from +200C. to +1100C.
The reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
Suitable solvents here for process [Bl] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, DME or dioxane,.halogenohydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethane, tetrachloroethane, 1,2-dichloroethane or trichloroethylene, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, toluene, dioxane or dimethoxyethane are particularly preferred.
The reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 00C. to 1500C, preferably from +200C to +1100C
The reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
Suitable palladium compounds in the context of the present invention are in general PdCl2 (P(Cδ 1*5)3)2, palladium bis-dibenzylideneacetone (Pd(dba)2), [l,l'-bis-(diphenyl- phosphino)ferrocene]-palladium(II) chloride (Pd(dpρf)Cl2) or Pd(P(C6Hs)3).*. Pd(P(C6H5)3)4 is preferred. The compounds of the general formulae (TL-III) and (I-V) are known per se or can be prepared by customary methods.
The compounds of the general formula (I-II) are known in some cases or are new, and can then be prepared by a process in which compounds of the general formula (I-VI)
Figure imgf000021_0001
in which R2 and R3 have the abovementϊoned meaning and L1' has the abovementioned meaning of L1 and is identical to or different from this, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (I-V) analogously to the abovementioned process [Bl].
The compounds of the general formula (HV) are known in some cases or, in the case of the stannyls, are new and can then be prepared, for example, by a process in which the compounds of the general formula (I-IVa)
Figure imgf000021_0002
in which R2, R3 and A1 have the abovementioned meaning, and L1 represents triflate or halogen, preferably iodine, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (I- VII)
(SnR14RlsRl6)2(I-VIΪ) in which R14, R15 and R16 have the abovementioned meaning, under palladium catalysis, as described above.
The compounds of the general formulae (I-IVa) and (I- VII) are known per se or can be prepared by customary methods.
The reductions are in general carried out witii reducing agents, preferably with those which are suitable for reduction of carbonyl to hydroxy compounds. A particularly suitable reduction here is reduction with metaJ hydrides or complex metal hydrides in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a trialkylborane. The reduction is preferably carried out with complex metal hydrides, such as, for example, lithium boranate, sodium boranate, potassium boranate, zinc boranate, lithium trialkyihydridoboranate, diisobutylaluminium hydride or lithium aluminium hydride. The reduction is especially preferably carried out with diisobutylaluminium hydride and sodium borohydride.
The reducing agent is in general employed in an amount of 1 mol to 6 mol, preferably 1 mol to 4 mol, per mole of the compounds to be reduced.
The reduction in general proceeds in a temperature range from -78°C. to +5.00C.., preferably from -78°C. to 00C, in the case of DIBAH, 00C, room temperature in the case of NaBH4, particularly preferably at-78°C, in each case depending on the choice of reducing agent and solvents.
The reduction in general proceeds under normal pressure, but it is also possible to carry it out under increased or reduced pressure.
The protective group is in general split off in one of the abovementioned alcohols and/or THF or acetone, preferably methanol/THF, in the presence of hydrochloric acid or trifluoroacetic acid or toluenesulphonϊc acid in a temperature range from 0°C to 700C, preferably at room temperature under normal pressure.
In the case where the radicals of the formulae ~S(O)ci (NfR9R10 and — S(O)0I 1NR9R10 are present, the corresponding unsubstituted compounds are first reacted with thionyl chloride. The reaction with the amines in one of the abovementioned ethers, preferably dioxane, is carried out in a second step. In the case where cl=2, oxidation by customary methods is subsequently carried out. The reactions are carried out in a temperature range from 00C. to 700C. under normal pressure.
The invention moreover relates to the combination of the compounds of the general formula (I-I) according to the invention with organic nitrates and NO donors.
Organic nitrates and NO donors in the context of the invention are in general substances which display their therapeutic action via the liberation of NO or NO species. Sodium nitroprusside (SNP), nitroglycerol, isosorbide dinitrate, isosorbide mononitrate, molsidomine and SIN-I and similar substances are preferred.'
The invention also relates to the combination with compounds which inhibit tiie breakdown of cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP). These are, in particular, inhibitors of phosphodiesterases I92 and 5; nomenclature according to Beavo and Reifsnyder (1990) TIPS 11 pages 150-155. The action of the compounds according to the invention is potentiated and the desired pharmacological effect increased by these inhibitors.
The compounds of the general formula (I-I) according to the invention show an unforeseeable, valuable pharmacological action spectrum. Formula π
The present invention relates to using for treating HIF-related disorders and symptoms of cancer 1-heterocyclyl-methyl-substituted pyrazoles, in the embodiment designated II (roman two), of the general formula (II-I),
Figure imgf000023_0001
in which
R20 represents a 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having up to 3 nitrogen atoms, which is optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, mercaptyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylthio or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, sizido, halogen, phenyl and/or by a group of the formula
--NR23R24
wherein R23 and R24 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 6 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, hydroxyl, amino or by straight-chain or branched alkoxy, acyl or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or R23 and R24, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partly unsaturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally additionally contain an oxygen or sulphur atom or a radical of the formula -NR25, wherein R25 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, and/or is substituted by straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halogen, carboxyl, straight-chain branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula —OR26, wherein R26 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a group of the formula -SiR27R28R29, wherein R27, R28 and R29 are identical or different and denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, and/or is optionally substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000024_0001
wherein b2 and b2' are identical or different and denote the number O3 1, 2 or 3, a2 denotes the number 1, 2 or 3, R30 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, c2 denotes the number 1 or 2 and R31 and R32 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R31 and R32, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5 to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical — NR33, wherein R33 denotes hydrogen, straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000024_0002
or denotes benzyl or phenyl, wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R21 and R22, including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having a heteroatom from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or are optionally substituted by a group of the formula — S(O)c2NR31R32 wherein cy, R31' and R32 have the abovementioned meaning of c2, R3t and R32 and are Identical to or different from these, A2 represents phenyl or a 5- to 6-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having up to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by mercapiyl, hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or'branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or is substituted by a group of the formula — (CO)d2 -NR34R35, wherein d2 denotes the number 0 or 1, R34 and R35 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, their isomeric forms and salts and their N-oxides.
In the context of embodiment II of the present invention, physiologically acceptable salts with organic or inorganic bases or acids are preferred. Physiologically acceptable salts of the l-heterocyclyl-methyl-substituted pyrazoles can be salts of the substances according to the invention with mineral acids, carboxylic acids or sulphonic acids. Particularly preferred salts are, for example, salts with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonic acid, toluenesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, naphthalenedisulphonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, fiimaric acid, maleic acid or benzoic acid.
Physiologically acceptable salts can also be metal or ammonium salts of the compounds according to the invention which have a free carboxyl group. Particularly preferred salts are, for example, sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, and ammonium salts which are derived from ammonia, or organic amines, such as, for example, ethylamine, di- or triethylamine, di- ortriethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, dimethylaminoethanol, arginine, lysine or ethylenediamine.
The compounds according to the invention according to embodiment II can exist in stereoisomeric forms which either behave as mirror images (enantϊomers) or do not behave as mirror images (diastereomers). The invention relates both to the enantiomers or dϊastereomers or their particular mixtures. The racemic forms, like the diastereomers, can be separated into the stereoisomerically uniform constituents in a known manner.
Heterocyclic ring in the context of the invention according to embodiment II represents a 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring in the case of R20, a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having 1 heteroatom in the case OfR21ZR22, and a 5- to 6- membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring in the case of A2, and a saturated or partly unsaturated 3- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring in the case of the group NR23R24. Examples which may be mentioned are: pyridazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyL, pyrimidyl, thienyl, furyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrahydropyranyl or tetrahydrofiiranyl.
Preferred compounds of the general formula (II-I) according to the invention are those in which R20 represents a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000026_0001
which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl and/or by a group of the formula --NR23R24, wherein JR23 and R24 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino or by straight-chain or branched alkoxy having up to 3 carbon atoms, or
R23 and R24, together with the nitrogen atom, form a morpholine ring or a radical of the formula
r\
and/or are substituted by straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino?flour, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula —OR26, wherein R26 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000027_0001
wherein b2 and b2" are identical or different and denote the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, a2 denotes the number 1, 2 or 3, R30 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, R21 and R22, including the double bond, form a furyl, thϊenyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, A2 represents phenyl, or represents tetrahydropyranyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl or pyridyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl. alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a group of the formula ~(CO)d2 --NR34R3S wherein d2 denotes the number 0 or 1, R34 and R35 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, their isomeric forms and salts and their N-oxϊdes.
Particularly preferred compounds of the general formula Ql-T) according to the invention are those in which R20 represents a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000027_0002
wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, methylamino, amino, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, cyano, azido or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a radical of the formula..
Figure imgf000028_0001
9 P-CaPs
■N CHa CHj* °H ■ o* \
R21 and R22, including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, fluorine, chlorine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, A2 represents phenyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, furyl or pyridyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl or represents straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a group of the formula — (CO)d2 -NR34R35, wherein d2 denotes the number 0 or 1, R34 and R35 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, their isomeric forms, salts and N- oxides.
Especially preferred compounds of the general formula (H-I) according to the invention are those in which R20 represents a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000029_0001
wherein the abovementioned heterocyclic ring systems are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by methyl, fluorine, forrnyl, amino, cyano, methoxy, methoxycarbonvL rnethylamino, chlorine or by a radical of the formula
O-~Ctf-5 NH- — (ps&s — OH. (^
Figure imgf000029_0002
R21 and R22. including the double bond, together form a phenyl ring and A2 represents phenyl, which is optionally substituted by fluorine or cyano, and their isomeric forms, salts and N- oxides.
The invention furthermore relates to processes for the preparation of compounds of the general formula (II-I), characterized in that
[A2] compounds of the" general formula (II-II)
Figure imgf000029_0003
in which R20, R21 and R22IIaVe the abovementioned meaning, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (TI-III)
D2 --CH2 -A2 CII-HI)
in which A2 has the abovementioned meaning, and D2 represents trifiate or halogen, preferably bromine, in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a base, or
[B2] compounds of the general formula (ΪI-IV)
Figure imgf000030_0001
iri which A2, R21 and R22 have the abovementioned meaning and L2 represents a radical of the formula -SnR36R37R38, ZnR39, iodine'or inflate, wherein R36, R37 and R38 are identical or different and denote straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms and R39 denotes halogen, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (II-V)
Figure imgf000030_0002
in which R20 has the abovementioned meaning and in the case where L2 =SnR36R37R3S or ZnR39, T2 represents triflate or represents halogen, preferably bromine, and in the case where L2 =iodine or triflate, T2 represents a radical of the formula SnR36R37R38', ZnR39' or BR40R41, wherein R36', R37', R38' and R39' have the abovementioned meaning of R36, R37, R38 and R39 and are identical to or different from these and R40 and R41 are identical or different and denote hydroxyl, aryloxy having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkoxy having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or together form a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic ring, in a palladium-catalysed reaction in inert solvents, and, in the case of the radicals — S(O)02NR31R32 and -S(O)C2NR31R32', starting from the unsubstituted compounds of the general formula (TI-I), these are first reacted with thϊonyl chloride and finally the amine component is employed, and, if appropriate, the substituents listed under R20, R21, R22 and/or A2 are varied or introduced by customary methods, preferably by reduction, oxidation, splitting off of protective groups and/or nucleophilic substitution.
The processes according to the invention for the preparation of the compounds according to embodiment II can be illustrated by way of example by the following equations:
NaH/PiCHjBr
Figure imgf000030_0003
Figure imgf000031_0001
Suitable solvents here for the individual steps of process [A2] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, toluene or dimethylformamide are particularly preferred.
Bases which can be employed for the process according to the invention according to embodiment II are in general inorganic or organic bases. These include, preferably, alkali metal hydroxides, such as, for example, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, such as, for example, barium hydroxide, alkali metal carbonates, such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate, alkaline earth metal carbonates, such as calcium carbonate, or alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alcoholates, such as sodium or potassium methanolate, sodium or potassium ethanolate or potassium tert-butylate, or organic amines (trϊalkyHp! -examines), such as triethyl amine, or heterocyclic compounds, such as 1,4- diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), pyridine, diaminopyridine, methylpiperidine or morpholine. It is also possible to employ as the bases alkali metals, such as sodium, and hydrides thereof, such as sodium hydride. Sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, triethylamine and sodium hydride are preferred.
The base is employed in an amount of 1 mol to 5'mol, preferably 1 mol to 3 mol, per mole of the compound of the general formula (II-II).
The reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 00C. to 1500C, preferably from +200C. to +1100C.
The reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
Suitable solvents here for process [B2] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, DME or dioxane, halogenohydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethane, tetrachlofoethane, 1,2-dIchloroethane or trichloroethylene, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, toluene, dioxane or dimethoxyethane are particularly preferred.
The reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 00C. to 150° C., preferably from +200C. to +1100C.
The reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
Suitable palladium compounds in the context of the present invention are in general PdCl2 ((C6H5)3)2, palladium bis-dibenzylideneacetone (Pd(dba)2), [l,l'-bis- (diphenylρhosphino)ferrocene]-ρalladium(II) chloride (Pd(dppf)Cl2) or Pd(P(CeHs)3)4. Pd(P(C6Hs)3)4 is preferred.
The compounds of the general formulae (II-III) and (II-V) are known or can be prepared by customary methods.
The compounds of the general forjtnula (II-II) are known in some cases and can be prepared by a process in which compounds of the general formula (II-VI)
Figure imgf000032_0001
in which R21 and R22 have the abovementioned meaning and L2 has the abovementioned meaning of L2 and is identical to or different from this, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (II- V) analogously to the abovementioned process [B2].
The compounds of the general formula (II-IV) are known in some cases or, in the case of the stannyls, are new and can then be prepared, for example, by a process in which compounds of the general formula (I-IVa)
Figure imgf000033_0001
in which R21, R22 and A2 have the abovementioned meaning, and L2' represents triflate or halogen, preferably iodine, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (II- VII)
(SnR^R^R38^ (H-VII)
in which R36, R37 and R38 have the abovementioned meaning, under palladium catalysis, as described above.
The compounds of the general formula (II-VII) are known or can be prepared by customary methods.
The compounds of the general formula (U-IVa) are new in most cases and can be prepared by a process in which compounds of the general formula (II-VIII)
Figure imgf000033_0002
in which R21 and R22 have the abovementioned meaning, are reacted with the abovementioned compounds of the general formula (II-V) R20 -T2 (H-V)
wherein R20 and T2 have the abovementioned meaning, in one of the abovementioned- solvents, preferably tetrahydrofuran, and in the presence of sodium hydride in a temperature range from 00C. to 4O0C, preferably at room temperature and under an inert gas atmosphere.
The compounds of the general formula (II-VΪII) are known in most cases or can be prepared by customary methods.
The reductions are in general earned out with reducing agents, preferably with those which are suitable for reduction of carbonyl to hydroxy compounds. A particularly suitable reduction here is reduction with metal hydrides or complex metal hydrides in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a trialkylborane. The reduction is preferably carried out with complex metal hydrides, such as, for example, lithium boranate, sodium boranate, potassium boranate, zinc boranate, lithium trialkylhydridoboranate, diisobutylaluminium hydride or lithium aluminium hydride. The reduction is especially preferably carried out with diisobutylaluminium hydride and sodium borohydride.
The reducing agent is in general employed in an amount of 1 mol to 6 mol. preferably 1 mol to 4 mol, per mole of the compounds to be reduced.
The reduction in general proceeds in a temperature range from -78°C. to +500C, preferably from -78°C. to 00C, in the case of DIBAH, 00C, room temperature in the case of NaBH4, particularly preferably at -78°C, in each case depending on the choice of reducing agent and solvents.
The reduction in general proceeds under normal pressure, but it is also possible to carry it out under increased or reduced pressure.
In the case where the radicals of the formulae -S(O)^NR31R32 and — S(O)c2'NR31 R32 are substituted, the corresponding unsubstituted compounds are first reacted with thionyl chloride and reacted with the amines in the presence of the abovementioned ethers, preferably dioxane, in a second step and in the case where c2=2, oxidation by customary methods is subsequently carried out. The reactions are carried out in general in a temperature range from 0°C. to 70° C. under normal pressure.
The protective group is in general split off in one of the abovementioned alcohols and/or THF or acetone, preferably methanol/THF, in the presence of hydrochloric acid or trifluoroacetic acid or toluenesulphonig acid in a temperature range from 00C to 700C, preferably at room temperature under normal pressure. The compounds of the general formula (11-1) according to the invention show an unforeseeable, valuable pharmacological action spectrum.
The present invention includes pharmaceutical formulations which comprise, in addition to non-toxic, inert pharmaceutically suitable carriers, one or more compounds according to the invention, or which consist of one or more active compounds according to the invention, and processes for the preparation of these formulations.
If appropriate, the active compound or compounds can also be present in microencapsulated form in one or more of the abovementioned carriers.
The therapeutically active compounds should preferably be present in the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations in a concentration of about 0.1 to 99.5, preferably about 0.5 to 95% by weight of the total mixture.
The abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations can also comprise further pharmaceutical active compounds in addition to the compounds according to the invention.
In general, it has proved advantageous both in human and in veterinary medicine to administer the active compound or compounds according to the invention in total amounts of about 0.5 to about 500, preferably 5 to 100 mg/kg of body weight every 24 hours, if appropriate in the form of several individual doses, to achieve the desired results. An individual dose preferably comprises the active compound or compounds according to the invention in amounts of about 1 to about 80, in particular 3 to 30 mg/kg of body weight.
Abbreviations:
Me=methyl
OMe=methoxy
E*=efhyl
OEt=ethoxy
Ph=phenyl
Formula WL
The present invention relates to using for treating HIF-related disorders and symptoms of cancer 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivatives, in the embodiment designated III (roman three) of the general formula (IH-I)
Figure imgf000035_0001
in which
R42 represents a saturated 6-membered heterocyclic ring having up to 2 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or represents a 5-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having 2 to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, which can also be bonded via a nitrogen atom and which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, phenyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylthϊo or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula — OR45, wherein R45 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a group of the formula -SiR46R47R48, wherein R46, R47 and R48 are identical or different and denote* aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, and/or can be substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000036_0001
wherein a3, b3 and b3' denote the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, R49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, c3 denotes the number 1 or 2 and R50 and RS1 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R50 and R51, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical — NR52, wherein R52 denotes hydrogen, straight-chain or branched . alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000036_0002
or denotes benzyl or phenyl, wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R43 and R44, including the double bond, foirm a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of N, S and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a group of the formula ~S(O)c3' NRS0' Rsl', wherein c3', R50 and R51' have the abovementioned meaning of c3, R50 and R51, and are identical to or different from these, A3 represents a 5- to 6-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having up to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by amino, rπercaptyl, hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its' turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or is substituted by a group of the formula -(CO)d3 -NR53 R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight- chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and their isomeric forms and salts.
The compounds of the general formula (EGH) according to the invention can also be present in the form of their salts with organic or inorganic bases or acids.
In the context of embodiment III of the present invention, physiologically acceptable salts are preferred. Physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds according to the invention can be salts of the substances according to the invention with mineral acids, carboxylic acids or sulphonic acids. Particularly preferred salts are, for example, salts with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonic acid, toluenesulphonic'acid, benzenesulphonic acid, naphthalenedisulphonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid or benzoic acid.
Physiologically acceptable salts can also be metal or ammonium salts of the compounds according to the invention which have a free carboxyl group. Particularly preferred salts are, for example, sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, and ammonium salts which are derived from ammonia, or organic amines, such as, for example, ethylamine, di- or triethylamine, di- or triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, dimethylaminoethanol, arginine, lysine or ethylenediamine.
• The compounds according to the invention can exist in stereoisomeric forms which either behave as mirror images (enantiomers) or do not behave as mirror images (diastereomers). The invention relates both to the enantiomers or diastereomers or their particular mixtures. The racemic forms, like the diastereomers, can be separated into the stereoisomerically uniform constituents in a known manner.
Heterocyclic ring in the context of embodiment III of the invention in general, depending on the abovementioned substituents, represents a saturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring, which can contain 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O and, in the case of a nitrogen atom, can also be bonded via this. Examples which may be mentioned are: oxadiazolyl, thiadϊazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimid pyridyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, thiazolyi, oxazoiyl, imϊdazolyl, morpholinyl or piperidyl. Oxazolyl, thiazolyi, pyrazolyl, pyrimid ,pyridyl or tetrahydropyranyl are preferred.
Preferred compounds of the general formula (UI-I) according to the invention are those in which R42 represents imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyi, 1,2,3-trϊazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl. thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyranyl or morpholinyl. which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by forrnyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, carboxyl, hydroxy., straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, or by a radical of the formula — OR4S, wherein R45 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a group of the formula -SiR46R47R48, wherein R46, R47 and R48 are identical or different and denote straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000038_0001
wherein a3 denotes the number 0, 15 2 or 3, R49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, A3 represents tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thienyl, phenyl, morpholinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl or pyridyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner byhydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a group of the formula ~(CO)d3 -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight- chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, and their isomeric forms and salts.
Particularly preferred compounds of the general formula (HI-I) according to the invention are those in which R42 represents imidazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiazolyL which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyi having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, fluorine, chlorine, trifluoromethyl, carboxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms or by the radical of the formula --O—CO--CH3, and/or are substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000039_0001
wherein a3 denotes the number 0, 1 or 2, R49 denotes hydrogen or metihyl, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a fiiryl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxy., amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, fluorine, chlorine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, A3 represents tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl, thienyl, pyrimidyl or pyridyl, which are option substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacy), alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, ilitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a group of the formula — (CO)d3 -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and their isomeric forms and salts.
Especially preferred compounds of the general formula (HI-I) according to the invention are those in which R42 represents imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl or oxadiazolyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by ethoxycarbonyl, phenyl or by methyl or ethyl, wherein the alkyl radicals in their turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, chlorine, ethoxycarbonyl, oxycarbonylmethyl or methoxy, R43 and R44 together, in changing the double bond, represent phenyl, which is optionally substituted by nitro, A3 represents phenyl or phenyl which is substituted by fluorine, or pyrimidyl and their isomers and salts.
The invention furthermore relates to processes for the preparation of the compounds of the general formula (III-I) according to the invention, characterized in that [A3] compounds of the general formula (III-II)
Figure imgf000040_0001
in which R42, R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (III-III) JJ- -CH2 ~AJ (HI-III)
in which A3 has the abovementioned meaning and D3 represents triflate or halogen, preferably bromine, in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a base, or.
[B3] compounds of the general formula (IU-IV)
Figure imgf000041_0001
in which A3, R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning and L3 represents a radical of the formula -SnR55Rs6R57, ZnR58, iodine, bromine or triflate, wherein R55, R56 and R57 are identical or different and denote straight-chain or branched aϊkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms and RS8 denotes halogen, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (IH-V)
R42 -T3 (H-V)5
in which R42 has the abovementioned meaning and in the case where L3 =SnRssRs6R57 or ZnR58, T3 represents triflate or represents halogen, preferably bromine, and in the case where L3 =iodine, bromine or triflate, T3 represents a radical of the formula SnR55R561R57'', ZhRss'or BR59R60, wherein R5y, R56', R57' and R58' have the abovementioned meaning of R55, R56, R57 and R58 and are identical to or different from these, and R59 and R60 are identical or different and denote hydroxyl, aryloxy having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkoxy having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or together form a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic ring, in a palladium-catalysed reaction in inert solvents, or [C3] in the case where
Figure imgf000041_0002
in which R61 represents straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, compounds of the general formula 011- VI)
Figure imgf000042_0001
in which A3, R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning, are reacted with diazo compounds of the general formula (II- VII)
Figure imgf000042_0002
in which R62 represents straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, in the presence of copper salts or rhodium salts to give compounds of the general formula (Ill-la)
in
Figure imgf000042_0003
the abovementioned meaning,
[D3] in the case where
Figure imgf000042_0004
compounds of the general formula (III-VIII)
Figure imgf000043_0001
in which A3, R43 and R44IIaVe the abovementioned meaning, are either converted directly by reaction with the compound of the formula (III-IX)
Figure imgf000043_0002
in the system NaOCO-CHs/N-methylpyrrolidine into the compounds of the general formula (HI-Ib)
Figure imgf000043_0003
in which R43, R44 and A3 have the abovementioned meaning, and the acetyl group is then split off by the action of potassium hydroxide in methanol, or by reaction of the compounds of the general formula (III-VHI) with the compound of the formula (III-IX), the compounds of the general formula (Ul-X)
Figure imgf000043_0004
in which R43, R44 and A3 have the abovementioned meaning, are first prepared, and the hydroxymethyl compounds are prepared in a further step by the action of potassium hydroxide, and, if appropriate, are converted into the corresponding alkoxy compounds by an alkylation by customary methods, or [E3] compounds of the general formula (III-XI)
Figure imgf000044_0001
in which A3, R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning, by reaction with the compound of the formula (III-XII)
Figure imgf000044_0002
the compounds of the general formula (HI-XIII)
Figure imgf000044_0003
in which A3, R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning, are prepared, and are then reacted in the context of a retro-Diels-AΪder reaction (cf. J. Org. Chem, 1988, 58, 3387-90), or
[F3] compounds of the general formula (HI-XIV)
Figure imgf000044_0004
in which A3, R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (IH-XV) Br-CH2 -CO--R 6"3 (III-XV),
in which R63 denotes straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, in inert solvents to give the compounds of the general formula (III-Ic)
Figure imgf000045_0001
in which A3, R43, R44 and R63 have the abovementioried meaning (cf. Oxazoles, J. Wiley/New York, 1986, page 11/12), and, in the case of the esters (R63 =CO2-~(Ct -C4 -alkyl), a reduction is carried out by customary methods to give the corresponding hydroxymethyl compounds, or ' [G3] in the case where
o^^csi— OH
carboxylic acids of the general formula (IH-XVI)
Figure imgf000045_0002
in which A3, R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning, are first converted with hydrazine hydrate into the compounds of the general formula (III-XVΪI)
Figure imgf000045_0003
in which A3, R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning, in a further step, with the compound of the formula (HI-XVIII)
Cl-CO-CH2 -Cl (III-XVIH)
the compounds of the general formula (IH-XIX)
Figure imgf000046_0001
in which A3, R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning, are prepared then under the action of phosphorus oxytrichloride, cyclϊzation is carried out to give the compounds of the general formula (HI-Id)
Figure imgf000046_0002
in which A3, R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning, and, as already described above, the — CH2 — OH-substituted compounds are prepared via the stage of the corresponding —CEfe -0--CO-CH3 -substituted compounds (cf. Aran. Forsch.45 (1995) 10, 1074-1078), or [H3] in the case where R42 represents a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000046_0003
wherein R64 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms and R65 has the scope of meaning of the secondary substituents listed above under the heterocyclic radical R42, compounds of the general formula (U-XX.)
Figure imgf000047_0001
in which A3, R43, R44, R64 and R6S have the abovementioned meaning, are reacted in the system PPha Ih. in the presence of a base, preferably with triethylamine, or [13] in the case where R42 represents a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000047_0002
wherein a3 has the abovementioned meaning,
compounds of the general formula (III-XXI)
Figure imgf000047_0003
in which A3, R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning and R66 has the abovementioned meaning of R64 and is identical to or different from this, either are first converted by reduction by customary methods into the compounds of the general formula (III-XXII)
Figure imgf000047_0004
in which A3, R43 and R44 have the aboveraβntioned meaning, and the compounds of the general formula (III-XXIII)
Figure imgf000048_0001
in which A3, R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning, are then prepared by oxidation, or the compounds of the general formula (IH-XXI) are converted directly by reduction into the compounds of the general formula (III-XXIII), and, finally, these are reacted with 1,2- or 1,3-dihydroxy compounds by conventional methods, or [J3] in the case where R42 represents the radical of the formula
Figure imgf000048_0002
wherein R67 has the abovementioned meaning of R65 and is identical to or different from this, either compounds of the general formula (III-XXIV)
Figure imgf000048_0003
in which R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning and Q represents hydrogen or represents the --CH2 —A3 radical and R68 represents halogen or straight-chain or branched alkoxy having up to 4 carbon atoms, preferably chlorine, methoxy or ethoxy, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (III-XXV)
Figure imgf000049_0001
in which R67 has the abovementioned meaning, if appropriate in the presence of a base, and, in the case where Q=H, the products are then reacted with compounds of the general formula A3 --CH2 —Br (III-XXVI), in which A has the abovementioned meaning, or compounds of the general formula (III-XXVII)
Figure imgf000049_0002
in which A3, R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning are reacted with compounds of the general formula (III-XXVIII)
Figure imgf000049_0003
(III-XXVIII)
in which R6r has the abovementioned meaning of R67 and is identical to or different from this and R68 has the abovementioned meaning of R68 and is identical to or different from this, if appropriate in the presence of a base, and, in the case of the radicals ~S(O)c3NR50R51 and — S(O)CS-NR50R51' starting from the unsubstituted compounds of the general formula (IH-I)3 a reaction first wilh. thionyl chloride and finally with the amine component is carried out, and, if appropriate, the substituents listed under R42, R43, R44 and/or A3 are varied or introduced by customary methods, preferably by reduction, oxidation, splitting off of protective groups and/or nucleophilic substitution. The processes according to the invention described above can be explained by way of example by the following equations:
Figure imgf000050_0001
[∞l
Figure imgf000050_0002
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000051_0002
Figure imgf000051_0003
Figure imgf000052_0001
Suitable solvents here for the individual steps of process [A3] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane. dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, toluene or dimethylformamide are particularly preferred.
Bases which can be employed for the process according to the invention are in general inorganic or organic bases. These include, preferably, alkali metal hydroxides, such as, for example, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, such as, for example, barium hydroxide, alkali metal carbonates, such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate, alkaline earth metal carbonates, such as calcium carbonate, or alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alcoholates, such as sodium or potassium methanolate, sodium or potassium ethanolate or potassium tert-butylate, or organic amines (triaIkyl-(Ci - examines), such as triethylarnine, or heterocyclic compounds, such as 1,4- diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), l,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), pyridine, diaminopyridine, N-methylpyrrolidone methylpiperidine or morpholine. It is also possible to employ as the bases alkali metals, such as sodium, and hydrides thereof, such as sodium hydride. Sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, triethylamine, sodium hydride and N- methylpyrrolidone are preferred.
The base is employed in an amount of 1 mol to 5 mol, preferably 1 mol to 3 mol, per mole of the compound of the general formula (HI-I). ' .
The reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 150° C, preferably from +20° C. to +110° C.
The reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
Suitable solvents here for process [B3] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuiran, DME or dioxane, halogenohydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethane, tetrachloroethane, 1,2-dichloroethane or trichloroethylene, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane, or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformrnamide, toluene, dioxane or dimethoxyethane are particularly preferred.
The reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 150° C, preferably from +20° C. to +110° C.
The reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
Suitable palladium compounds in the context of the present invention are in general PdCl2 (P(C6 H5)3)2, palladium bis-dibenzylideneacetone (Pd(dba)2), [1,1'- bϊs(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(ll) chloride (Pd(dppf)Cl2) or Pd(P(Ce 1*5)3)4. Pd(P(C6 Hs)3)4 is preferred.
Suitable solvents for process [C3] are some of the abovementioned solvents, benzene being particularly preferred.
Suitable metal salts in the context of the invention are copper salts or rhodium(II) salts, such as, for example, CuOTf, Cu(acac)2 and Rh(OAc)2. Copper acetylacetonate is preferred.
The salts are employed in catalytic amounts.
The reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 150° C, preferably +20° C. to +110.° C.
The reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
Process [D3] according to the invention is carried out with one of the abovementioned cyclic amine bases, preferably with N-methylpyrrolidone, in a temperature range from 100° C. to 200° C, preferably at 150° C.
Process [E3J according to the invention is carried out in a temperature range from 150° C. to 210° C, preferably at 195° C.
Process [F3] according to the invention is in general carried out in one of the abovementioned ethers, preferably in tetrahydrofuran at the reflux temperature.
The reaction of the free methylhydroxy group to give the corresponding methylalkoxy compounds is carried out by customary methods by alkylation with alkyl halides, preferably alkyl iodides, in the presence of one of the abovementioned bases, preferably sodium hydride.
The compounds of the general formulae (III-III), (IH-V)3 (IH-VI), (IH-VII), (III-VIII), (III-IX), OH-XI)5 (IH-XII), (HI-XIV), OH-XVI) and (HI-XVIII) are known per se or can be prepared by customary methods.
The compounds of the general formula (IH-II) are known in some cases and can be prepared by a process in which compounds of the general formula (III-XXXIX)
Figure imgf000054_0001
in which R43 and R44 have the abovementioned meaning and L3' has the abovementioned meaning of L3 and is identical to or different from this, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (HI-V) analogously to the abovementioned process {B3].~
The compounds of the general formula (IH-W) are known in some cases or, in the case of the stannyls, are new and can be prepared, for example, by a process in which the compounds of the general formula (Ill-IVa)
Figure imgf000054_0002
in which R43, R44 and A3 have the abovementioned meaning, and L3' represents triflate or halogen, preferably iodine, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (HI-XXX)
(SnRS5Rs6R57)2 (III-XXX),
wherein R55, R56 and R57 have the abovementioned meaning under palladium catalysis as described above.
The compounds of the general formulae (Ill-IVa) and (III-XXX) are known or can be prepared by customary methods.
The compounds of the general formulae (Ul-X), (IH-XIII), (III-XVII) and (III-XIX) are new in some cases and can be prepared, for example, as described above.
Process [H3] proceeds by customary methods in the context of the invention, in particular in accordance with the descriptions from the publications P. Wipf, C P. Miller, J. Org. Chem. 1993, 58, 3604, C. S. Moody et al., Synlett 1966, page 825.
The compounds of the general formula (III-XX) are known in some cases or can be prepared from the corresponding amides by reaction with α-diazo-β-keto esters under rhodium salt catalysis (in this context, cf. C. J. Moody et al., Synlett 1996, 825).
Process [13] is carried out by the customary methods for the preparation of acetals. The reduction steps are described in detail below.
The compounds of the general formulae (HI-XXI)3 (III-XXH) and (III-XXIII) are known in some cases or are new as a species, and can then be prepared as described above.
Process [13] is carried out analogously to the publications S. Chirα and H. J. Shirie, J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1989, 26, 125 and J. Med. Chem. 1990, 33, 113.
The compounds of the general formulae (M-XXIV) and (III-XXV) are known in some cases or can be prepared by customary-methods.
The compounds of the general formula (HI-XXVI) are known in some cases or are new, and can then be prepared from the corresponding cyano-substituted compounds and hydroxylamine hydrochloride. If appropriate, a base, preferably sodium methanolate in methanol, can be added for this reaction.
The compounds of the general formula (III-XXVII) are known per se or can be prepared by customary methods.
Processes [H3] to [J3] in general proceed in a temperature range from 0° C. up to the particular reflux temperature under normal pressure.
The reductions are in general carried out with reducing agents, preferably with those which are suitable for reduction of carbonyl to hydroxy compounds. A particularly suitable .WUUV.UWU Here is reduction with metal hydrides or complex metal hydrides in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a trialkylborane. The reduction is preferably carried out with complex metal hydrides, such as, for example, lithium boranate, sodium boranate, potassium boranate. zinc boranate, lithium trialkylhydridoboranate, diisobutylaluminium hydride or lithium aluminium hydride. The reduction is especially preferably carried out with diisobutylaluminium hydride and sodium borohydride.
The reducing agent is in general employed in an amount of 1 mol to 6 mol, preferably 1 mol to 4 mol, per mole of the compounds to be reduced.
The reduction in general proceeds in a temperature range from -78° C. to +50° C, preferably from -78° C. to 0° C, in the case of DB3AH, 0° C9 room temperature in the case of NaBHt, particularly preferably at -78° C, in each case depending on the choice of reducing agent and solvents.
The reduction hi general proceeds under normal pressure, but it is also possible to carry it out under increased or reduced pressure.
The protective group is in general split off in one of the abovementioned alcohols and/or tetrahydrofuran or acetone, preferably methanol/tetrahydrofiiran, in the presence of hydrochloric acid or trifluoroaqetic acid or toluenesulphonic acid in a temperature range from 0° C. to 70° C, preferably at room temperature under normal pressure.
In the case where the radicals of the formulae -S(O)C3NR50R51 and -S(O)C3-NR50R51' are present, the corresponding unsubstituted compounds are first reacted with thionyl chloride. The reaction witihi the amines in one of the abovementioned ethers, preferably dioxane, is carried out in a further step. In the case where c3=2, oxidation by customary methods is subsequently carried out. The reactions are carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 70° C. under normal pressure.
Compounds according to the invention according to embodiment IH in which R42 represents an oxazolyl radical of the formula (IH-XXVIII)
Figure imgf000056_0001
wherein Y and Z have the meaning given below can preferably be prepared by the new process described below, which can be used generally for the preparation of oxazolyl compounds of this type.
The invention thus furthermore relates to a process for the preparation of oxazolyl compounds of the general formula (III-XXIX)
Figure imgf000057_0001
in which X and Y are identical or different and can represent optionally substituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, araliphatic, aromatic and heterocyclic radicals, including saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, heteromono- or heteropolycyclic radicals, carboxyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or cyano or can represent hydrogen, wherein the aromatic and heterocyclic radicals can be substituted by one or more substituents which are chosen from the group which consists of: halogen, formyl, acyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy. aroxy, acyloxy, optionally alkyl-substituted amino, acylamϊno, aminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, nitro, cyano, phenyl and alkyl, which can be substituted by one or more substituents which are chosen from the group which consists of: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl and heterocyclyl and phenyl, which can be substituted by one or more substituents chosen from: amino, mercaptyl, hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, azido, halogen, phenyl and alkyl which is optionally substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl, and wherein the aliphatic, cycloaliphatic and araliphatic radicals can be substituted by one or more substituents which are chosen from the group which consists of: . fluorine, hydroxyl, alkoxy, aroxy, acyloxy, alkyl-substituted amino, acylamino, aminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl and acyl, Z is chosen from the group which consists of:
hydroxyl, alkoxy, optionally alkyl- and/or halogen-substituted arylalkoxy, optionally alkyl- and/or halogen-substituted aroxy, aroyloxy, acyloxy, alkylthio, optionally alkyl- and/or halogen-substituted arylthio, diacylimido or a group of the formula (HI-XXX)
Figure imgf000058_0001
in which Y and X have the abovementioned meaning, characterized in that amides of the formula (III-XXXI)
Figure imgf000058_0002
in which Y and X have the abovementioned meaning and Hal represents chlorine or bromine, are reacted with compounds of the formula Ml+ Z" or M22+ (ZTtøj in which Ml is an alkali metal, M2 is an alkaline earth metal and Zi) as defined above.
In respect of concrete examples which contain the above definitions of the substituents in their scope, reference is made to the corresponding meanings in the explanations given above on the compounds of embodiment HI of the present invention.
In a preferred embodiment of this process, oxazolyl compounds of the present invention in which X in the above general formula (III-XXIX) is
Figure imgf000058_0003
wherein R43, R44 and A3 are as defined above and Y is alkyl or optionally alkyl- or halogen- substituted phenyl, are prepared.
Examples which may be mentioned of oxazoles which are obtained by the preparation process are: 2,4-dimethyl-5-methoxymethyl-oxazole, 2-ethyl-5-methoxymethyl-oxazole, 2- isoρropyi-4-ethyl-5-ethoxymethyl-oxazole, 2-cyclopropyl-4-hexyl-5-isopropoxymethyl- oxazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-methoxymethyl-oxazole, 2-(m-trifluoromethylphenyl)-4- ineuiyi-4-butoxymethyl-oxazole, 4-methyl-5-methoxymethyl-2-(m-trifluorophenyl)-oxazole3
2-phenyl-4-metfayI-5-phenoxymethyl-oxazole, 2-(2-chloro-6-fluoroρhβnyl)-4methyl-5-ρ-tert- butylphenoxyraethyl<>xazoIe, 2,4-dimethyl-5^ heptylcarbonyloxy)methyl-oxazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyI-5-acetoxymethyl-oxazole, 2-( 1 - benzylmdazol-3-yl)-54iydroxymethyMHmfit%loxazole, 5^^^ ben2ylmdazol-3~yl)-4-memyl-oxazole, 2-(f-benzylmdazol-3-yl)^^ oxazole, 2-[l-(2-fluorobenzyl)indazol-3-yl]-5-hydroxymethyI-4-methyl-oxazole» 2-[l-(2- fluoroben-^l)-indazol-3-yl]-5-methoxymethyI-4-methyl-oxazoIe} 2-[l -(2- fluoroben-^l)inda2ol-3-yl]^-raethyl-5-(N-phthalimidomethyl)-oxazol e, 4-ethyl-2-[l -(2- fluorobenzyl)-indazol~3-yl]-5-hydroxymethyl-oxazoIe, 2-phenyl-4-ethyl-5- benzoyloxymethyl-oxazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-methylmercaptomethyl-oxazole, bϊs[(2- phenyI-4-methyl-oxazole-5-yl)methyl] disulphide and 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-N- phthalimidomethyl-oxazole.
The process according to the invention for the preparation of the oxazole compounds is carried out, for example, by a process in which amides are reacted, according to equation (a), with compounds of the formula M I+ Z" or M22+ (ZT)2 :
*
+ ZB
Figure imgf000059_0001
Ml in the compound Ml+ ZT is an alkali metal chosen from, for example, lithium (Li), sodium (Na) or potassium (K)5 preferably sodium or potassium. Examples which may be mentioned of compounds of the formula Ml+ Z" are alcoholates, such as Na methylate, Na butylate or K tert-butylate, phenolates, such as Na phenolate and Na 4-tert-bύtyl-ρhenolate, carboxylic acid salts, such as Na acetate or K acetate, Li butyrate, Na benzoate and Na 2,6- difluorobenzoate, phthalimide salts, such as K phthalimides and Na phthalimides, hydroxides, such as KOH, NaOH and LiOH, mercaptidejs, such as the sodium salts of methylmercaptan or thiophenol, and Na2$2, which leads to the disulphide of the formula
Figure imgf000060_0001
M2 in the compound M22+ (Z")2 is an alkaline earth metal chosen from, for example, magnesium or calcium.
The reaction according to the invention in accordance with equation (a) is carried out in solvents at temperatures from about 20° C. to 200° C. Suitable solvents are polar compounds, such as, for example, dimethylformamide, dϊmethylacetamide, N- methylpyrrolidone, N-methyl-.epsilon.-caprolactam and dimethyl sulphoxide, and compounds of the formula Z-H are furthermore also possible as solvents, for example the reaction of the amides with Na methylate can be carried out successfully in methanol. Addition of basic auxiliaries, such as, for example, K2CO3 or CS2CO3, may be advantageous. The resulting oxazoles are isolated, after removal of insoluble salts by filtration and, if appropriate, removal of solvents by distillation, by extraction of the oxazoles with suitable solvents, such as, for example, hydrocarbons, such as cyclohexane or toluene, or chlorohydrocarbons, such as, for example, methylene chloride or chlorobenzene, or esters, such as ethyl acetate or ethers, from the crude product, to which water has been added to remove water-soluble products. The crude product can be purified by customary processes, such as, for example, distillation or crystallization or by chromatography.
The amides as starting compounds are obtained by known processes, for example starting from compounds of the formula a, b or c.
V^X^∞
C = OH
Figure imgf000060_0002
Bi; L" B Cl Ot Br
Starting from amines of the formula a, amines of the formula (III-XXXI) are obtained in a known manner by reaction with corresponding acylating agents, such as, for example, acid halides, esters or acids. Matting from compounds of the formula b or c, amides are obtained in a known manner by reaction with nitrites in the presence of strong acids.
Amides corresponding to the formula a are accessible, for example, by hydrolysis under acid conditions from amides, which are obtained in a known manner by a Ritter reaction from alkyl halides or allyl alcohols of the formula b and c. Finally, such amines can also be obtained via allylic nucleophilic substitution with, for example, phthalimide salts from the corresponding allyl halides of the formula c via the stage of the corresponding substituted phthalimides and subsequent solvolysis.
Compounds of the formula b are readily accessible according to equation (b) and (c) in two reaction steps from simple starting materials in a known manner: β>>
Y COHaI +■ CHp=CHaIa
V-^O-CHiCH* ^- V-CO-CE=CBaI
CHoIj "*"
Y CSOSI CHS=CHhI
Compounds of me formula c are obtained in a known manner, for example by addition, initiated by free radicals, of carbon tetrachloride or tetrabromide onto corresponding olefmic compounds and subsequent elimination of hydrogen halide in accordance with equation (d):
Y CBS=CSs + CHaI2 ~
Figure imgf000061_0001
The compounds of the general formulae (HI-I)/(III-Id) according to the invention show an unforeseeable, valuable pharmacological action spectrum.
The present invention includes pharmaceutical formulations which comprise, in addition to non-toxic, inert pharmaceutically suitable carriers, one or more compounds according to the invention, or which consist of one or more active compounds according to the invention, and processes for the preparation of these formulations. If appropriate, the active compound or compounds can also be present in microencapsulated form in one or more of the abovementioned carriers.
The therapeutically active compounds should preferably be present in the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations in a concentration of about 0.1 to 99.5, preferably about 0.5 to 95% by weight, of the total mixture.
The abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations can also comprise further pharmaceutical active compounds in addition to the compounds according to the invention.
In general, it has proved advantageous both in human and in veterinary medicine to administer the active compound or compounds according to the invention in total amounts of about 0.5 to about 500, preferably 5 to 100 mg/kg of body weight every 24 hours, if appropriate in the form of several individual doses, to achieve the desired results. An individual dose preferably comprises the active compound or compounds according to the invention in amounts of about 1 to about 80, in particular 3 to 30 mg/kg of body weight.
Formula IV
According to embodiment IV, the present invention relates to using for treating HIF-related disorders and symptoms of cancer l-benzyl-3-(substxtuted heteroaryl)-fiised pyrazole derivatives of the general formula (IV-I)
Figure imgf000062_0001
in which A4 represents phenyl, which is optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, carboxyl, nitro, trifluoromethyi, trifluoromethoxy, azido, straight-chain, or branched alky I, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, R69 represents a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000063_0001
wherein R72 denotes a radical of the formula -CH(OH)-CHb or straight-chain or branched alkyl having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, which is substituted once to twice by hydroxyl or straight- chain or branched alkoxy having up to 4 carbon atoms, or denotes foπnyl, straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which is substituted by amino, azido or by a radical of the formula — OR73, wherein R73 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a group of the formula -SiR74R75R76,
Figure imgf000063_0002
wherein R74R75 and R76 are identical or different and denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, R78 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms and R79 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4. carbon atoms, or R72 denotes a group of the formula
Figure imgf000063_0003
o— CCHsU
O CCHUM CHj
0-(CHi)Mi CBj or SCcDbiNR∞R10 wherein R80 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, R81 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms and a4 denotes the number 1, 2 or 3, b4 and b4' are identical or different and denote the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, c4 denotes the number 1 or 2 and R82 and R83 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R82 and R83, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical — NR84, wherein R84 denotes hydrogen, straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000064_0001
or denotes benzyl or phenyl, wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, or R72 denotes a group of the formula --CHfe —OR85, wherein R8S denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, R70 and R71 together form a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000064_0002
wherein R86 denotes hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, amino, trifluoromethyl or straight- chain or branched alkyl or alkoxy having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, or a group of the formula — S(O)c4'NR82R83', wherein c4', R82 and R83 have the abovementioned meaning of c4, R82 and R83 and are identical to or different from these, and their isomeric forms and salts, with the proviso that R72, in the case of the phenyl ring and in the position directly adjacent to the heterpatom, may represent the group of the formula --CH2 -OR85OnIy if A4 either represents phenyl, which is substituted by cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, azido, carboxyl or straight-chain or branched alkoxycarbonyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, or is substituted at ' least twice by the radicals listed above, or R86 represents nitro, amino, trifluoromethyl or represents the group of the formula -S(O)04NR821R83'.
The compounds of the general formula (FV-I) according to the invention can also be present in the form of their salts. Salts with organic or inorganic bases or acids may be mentioned in general here. Physiologically acceptable salts are preferred in the context of embodiment IV of the present invention. Physiologically acceptable salts can be salts of the substances according to the invention with mineral acids, carboxylic acids or sulphonic acids. Particularly preferred salts are, for example, those with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, • phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonic acid, toluenesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, naphthalenedisulphonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid or benzoic acid.
Physiologically acceptable salts can also be metal or ammonium salts of the compounds according to the invention if they have a free carboxyl group. Particularly preferred salts are, for example, sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, and ammonium salts which are derived from ammonia, or organic amines, such as, for example, ethylamine, di- or triethylamine, di- or triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, dimethylaminoethanol, arginine, lysine or ethylenediamine.
Preferred compounds of the general formula (IV-I) according to the invention are those in which A4 represents phenyl, which is optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxyl, cyano, carboxyl, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, azido, straight-chain or branched alkyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, R69 represents a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000065_0001
wherein R72 denotes a radical of the formula — CH(OH)~CH3 or straight-chain or branched alkyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, which is substituted once to twice by hydroxyl or straight- chain or branched alkoxy having up to 3 carbon atoms, or denotes formyl, straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, nitro or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which is substituted by amino, azido or by a radical of the formula — OR73, wherein R73 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a group of the formula
Figure imgf000065_0002
Figure imgf000066_0001
or
-CH2 -OR 79
wherein R78 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms and R79 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, or R72 denotes a group of the formula
Figure imgf000066_0002
wherein R80 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, R81 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms and a4 denotes the number 1 or 2, or R72 denotes a group of the formula --CH2 —OR85, wherein R85 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, R70 and R71 together form a radical of the formula
*6
Figure imgf000066_0003
wherein R86 denotes hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxyl, nitro, amino, trifluoromethyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkoxy having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and their isomeric forms and salts, with the proviso that R72, in the case of the phenyl ring and in the position directly adjacent to the heteroatom, may represent the group of the formula -CH2 —OR85 only if A4 either represents phenyl, which is substituted by cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, azido, carboxyl or straight-chain or branched alkoxycarbonyl having up to 6 carbon atoms or is substituted at least twice by the radicals listed above, or R ,, 8886 represents nitro, amino or trifluoromethyl.
Particularly preferred compounds of the general formula (TV-I) according to the invention are those in which A4 represents phenyl, which is optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by fluorine, chlorine, bromine, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, cyano, nitro, carboxyl, azido, straight-chain or branched alkyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, R69 represents a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000067_0001
wherein R72 denotes a radical of the formula ~CH(OH)--CH3 or straight-chain or branched alkyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, which is substituted once to twice by hydroxy!, methyl or methoxy, or denotes formyl, straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, nitro or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which is substituted by amino, azido or by a radical of the formula —OR73, wherein R73 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 3 carbon atoms or a group of the formula
~Si(CH3)2C(CH)3,
Figure imgf000067_0002
or
-CH2 -OR79
wherein R78 denotes hydrogen or methyl and R79 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, or R72 denotes a group of the formula
wherein Rso denotes hydrogen or straight-chain, or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, R81 denotes hydrogen or methyl and a4 denotes the number 1 or 2, or R72 denotes the group of the formula -CH2-OR85, wherein R85 denotes hydrogen or methyl, R70 and R71 together form a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000068_0002
wherein R86 denotes hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, nitro, trifluoromethyl, amino, hydroxyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkoxy having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and their isomeric forms and salts.
Especially preferred compounds of the general formula (TV-T) according to the invention are those in which A4 represents phenyl, which is optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by fluorine, chlorine, methyl, rnethoxy, cyano, nϊtro, trifluoromethyl or trifluoromethoxy and R70 and R71 together, including the double bond, form a phenyl ring* which is optionally substituted by nitro, fluorine, amino or methoxy, with the proviso that R72, in the case of the phenyl ring and in the position directly adjacent to the heteroatom, may represent the group of the formula -CHz OR85 only if A4 either represents phenyl, which is substituted by cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, azido, carboxyl or straight-chain or branched alkoxycarbonyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, or is substituted at least twice by the radicals listed above, or R86 represents nitro, amino or trifluoromethyl.
The invention furthermore relates to processes for the preparation of the compounds of the general formula (TV-I) according to the invention, characterized in that
[A4] compounds of the general formula (IV-II)
H2N-NH-CH2 -A4 (IV-II)
in which A4 has the abovementioned meaning, are converted by reaction with compounds of the general formula (TV-III)
Figure imgf000069_0001
in which R69, R70 and R71 have the abovementioned meaning, into the compounds of the general formula (IV-IV)
Figure imgf000069_0002
in which A4, R69, R70 and R71 have the abovementioned meaning, in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of an acid, and the products are finally oxidized and cyclϊzed with lead tetraacetate/BF3xether, or [B4] compounds of the general formula (IV-V)
Figure imgf000069_0003
in which R69, R70 and R71 have the abovementioned meaning, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (IV-VI) D4 -CH2 -A4 (IV-VI) in which A4 has the abovementioned meaning and D4 represents triflate or halogen, preferably bromine, in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a base, or [C4] compounds of the general formula (TV-VII)
Figure imgf000069_0004
in which A4, R70 and R71 have the abovementioned meaning and L4 represents a radical of the formula -SnR87R88R89, ZnR90, iodine or triflate wherein R87, R88 and R89 are identical or different and denote straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms and R90 denotes halogen, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (JV-VIH)
R69 -T4 (IV-VIII)
in which R69 has the abovementioned meaning and in the case where L4 =SnR87R88R89 or ZnR90, T4 represents triflate or represents halogen, preferably bromine, and in the case where L4 =iodine or triflate, T4 represents a radical of the formula SnR8TR88'R89', ZnR90Or BR91R92 wherein R87', R88', R89' and R90' have the abovementioned meaning of R87, R88, R89 and R90 and are identical to or different from these and R91 and R92 are identical or different and denote hydroxyl, aryloxy having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkoxy having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or together form a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic ring in a palladium-catalysed reaction in inert solvents, or
[D4] in the case where R72 represents an alkyl having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, which is substituted twice by hydroxyl, compounds of the general formula (IV-Ia)
Figure imgf000070_0001
in which A4, R70 and R71 have the abovementioned meaning, are first converted by a Wittig reaction in the system
Figure imgf000070_0002
-CHb" into the compounds of the general formula (IV-EX)
Figure imgf000070_0003
in which R70, R71 and A4 have the abovementioned meaning, and finally the hydroxyl functions are introduced with osmium tetroxide, and, if appropriate, the substituents listed under R69, R70, R71 and/or A4 are varied orintroduced by customary methods, preferably by reduction, oxidation, splitting off of protective groups and/or nucleophilic substitution.
The processes according to the invention can be illustrated by way of example by the following equations:
. [M]
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Suitable solvents for the individual steps of process [A4] are in general inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether, dimerahydrofuran, halogenohydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethane, tetrachloroethane, 1,2-dichloroethane or trichloroethylene, alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol or propanol, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Ethanol and THF are preferred for the first step of process [A4], and methylene chloride is preferred for the cyclization. The reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 150° C, preferably from +20° C. to +110° C.
The reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
Suitable acids are in general carboxylic acids, such as, for example, acetic acid, toluenesulphonic acid, sulphuric acid or hydrogen chloride. Acetic acid is preferred.
Suitable solvents here for the individual steps of process [B4] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonitrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, toluene or dimethylformamide are particularly preferred.
Bases which can be employed for the process according to the invention are in general inorganic or organic bases. These include, preferably, alkali metal hydroxides, such as, for example, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, such as, for example, barium hydroxide, alkali metal carbonates, such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate, alkaline earth metal carbonates, such as calcium carbonate, or alkali metal or alkaline earth metal alcoholates, such as sodium or potassium methanolate, sodium or potassium ethanolate or potassium tert-butylate, or organic amines (triaIkyl-(Ci - C6)amines), such as triethylamine, or heterocyclic compounds, such as 1,4- diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), l,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), pyridine, diaminopyridine, methylpiperidine or morpholine.
It is also possible to employ as the bases alkali metals, such as sodium, and hydrides thereof, such as sodium hydride. Sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, triethylamine and sodium hydride are preferred.
The base is employed in an amount of 1 mol to5 mol, preferably 1 mol to 3 mol, per 5 mole of the compound of the general formula (IV-II).
The reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 150° C, preferably from +20° C. to +110° C.
The reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is hi general carried out under normal pressure.
Suitable solvents here for processes [C4] and [D4] are inert organic solvents which do not change under the reaction conditions. These include ethers, such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, DME or dioxane, halogenohydrocarbons, such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethane, tetrachloroethane, 1,2-dichloroethane or trichloroethylene, hydrocarbons, such as benzene, xylene, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, nitromethane, dimethylformamide, acetone, acetonϊtrile or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide. It is also possible to employ mixtures of the solvents. Tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, toluene, dioxane or dimethoxyethane are particularly preferred.
The reaction is in general carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 150° C, preferably from +20° C. to +110° C.
The reaction can be carried out under normal, increased or reduced pressure (for example 0.5 to 5 bar). It is in general carried out under normal pressure.
Suitable palladium compounds in the context of the present invention are in general PdCl2 ((CO 1*5)3)2, palladium bϊs-dibenzylideneacetone (Pd(dba)2), [l,l'-bis- (diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]-palladium(II) chloride (Pd(dppf)Cl2) or Pd(P(C6Hs)3)4. Pd(P(C6H5)3)4 is preferred.
The compounds of the general formulae (IV-II), (TV-III), (IV-VI) and (IV-VIII) are known per se or can be prepared by customary methods.
The compounds of the general formula (IV-IV) are known in some cases or can be prepared as described above.
The compounds of the general formula (IV-V) are known in some cases and can be prepared by a process in which compounds of the general formula (IV-IX)
Figure imgf000074_0001
in which R70 and R71 have the abovementioned meaning and L4' has the abovementioned meaning of L4 and is identical to or different from this, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (IV-VIII) analogously to the abovementioned process [C4].
The compounds of the general formula (IV-VII) are known in some cases or, in the case of the stannyls, are new and can then be prepared, for example, by a process in which the compounds of the general formula (IV-VIIa)
Figure imgf000074_0002
in which R70, R71 and A have the abovementioned meaning, and L4 represents triflate or halogen, preferably iodine, are reacted with compounds of the general formula (IV-X)
(SnR87R88R89)2 (TV-X)
in which R87, R88 and R89 have the abovementioned meaning, under palladium catalysis as described above.
The compounds of the general formulae (TV-Vila), (IV-IX) and (IV-X) are known or can be prepared by customary methods.
The compounds of the general formula (TV-IX) are new and can be prepared as described above.
The reductions are in general carried out with reducing agents, preferably with those which are suitable for reduction of carbonyl to hydroxy compounds. A particularly suitable reduction here is reduction with metal hydrides or complex metal hydrides in inert solvents, if appropriate in the presence of a trialkylborane. The reduction is preferably carried out with complex metal hydrides, such as, for example, lithium boranate, sodium boranate, potassium boranate, zinc boranate, lithium trialkylhydridoboranate, diisobutylaluminium hydride or lithium aluminium hydride. The reduction is especially preferably carried out with diisobutylaluminium hydride and sodium borohydride.
The reducing agent is in general employed in an amount of 1 mol to 6 mol, preferably 1 mol to 4 mol, per mole of the compounds to be reduced.
The reduction in general proceeds in a temperature range from -78° C. to +50° C, preferably from -78° C. to 0° C, in the case of DIBAH, 0° C, room temperature in the case of NaBHt, particularly preferably at -78° C, in each case depending on the choice of reducing agent and solvents.
The reduction in general proceeds under normal pressure, but it is also possible to carry it out under increased or reduced pressure.
In the case of the radicals -S(O)C4R81R82 and ~S(O)c4'R8rR82', the corresponding unsubstituted compounds of the general formula (TV-I) are first reacted with thionyl chloride. The reaction with the amines in one of the abovementioned ethers, preferably dioxane, is carried out in a further step. In the case where c4=2, oxidation by customary methods is subsequently carried out. The reactions are carried out in a temperature range from 0° C. to 70° G. under normal pressure. The protective group is in general split off in one of the abovementioned alcohols and/or tetrahydrofuran or acetone, preferably methanol/tetrahydrofuran, in the presence of hydrochloric acid or trifluoroacetic acid or toluenesulphonic acid in a temperature range from 0° C. to 70° C, preferably at room temperature under normal pressure.
The compounds of the general formula (TV-Ic) are new and can be prepared as described under processes [A4] to [C4].
The compounds of the general formula (TV-I) and (TV-Ia) according to the invention show an unforeseeable, valuable pharmacological action spectrum.
The present invention includes pharmaceutical formulations which comprise, in addition to non-toxic, inert pharmaceutically suitable carriers, one or more compounds according to the invention, or which consist of one or more active compounds according to the invention, and processes for the preparation of these formulations.
If appropriate, the active compound or compounds can also be present in microencapsulated form in one or more of the abovementioned carriers.
The therapeutically active compounds should preferably be present in the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations in a concentration of about 0.1 to 99.5, preferably about 0.5 to 95% by weight of the total mixture.
The abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations can also comprise further pharmaceutical active compounds in addition to the compounds according to the invention. In general, it has proved advantageous both in human and in veterinary medicine to administer the active compound or compounds according to the invention in total amounts of about 0.5 to about 500, preferably 5 to 100 mg/kg of body weight every "24 hours, if appropriate in the form of several individual doses, to achieve the desired results. An individual dose preferably comprises the active compound or compounds according to the invention in amounts of about 1 to about 80, in particular 3 to 30 mg/kg of body weight.
Formula V
According to embodiment V, the present invention relates to using for treating HTF-related disorders and symptoms of cancer,
Figure imgf000076_0001
, which is described in Nature (Stasch et α/.,*Nature (2001), 410: 212-215).
The compounds of the general formula (V) according to the invention can also be present in the form of their salts. Salts with organic or inorganic bases or acids may be mentioned in general here.
Physiologically acceptable salts are preferred in the context of embodiment V of the present invention. Physiologically acceptable salts can be salts of the substances according to the invention with mineral acids, carboxylic acids or sulphonic acids. Particularly preferred salts are, for example, those with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonie acid, toluenesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, naphthalenedisulphonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleϊc acid or benzoic acid.
Physiologically acceptable salts can also be metal or ammonium salts of the compounds according to the invention if they have a free carboxyl group. Particularly preferred salts are, for example, sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, and ammonium salts which are derived from ammonia, or organic amines, such as, for example, ethylarniπe, di- or triethylamine, di- or triethanolamine, dϊcyclohexylamine, dimethylamϊnoethanol, arginine, lysine or ethylenediamine.
The compounds of the general formula (V) according to the invention show an unforeseeable, valuable pharmacological action spectrum.
The present invention includes pharmaceutical formulations which comprise, in addition to non-toxic, inert pharmaceutically suitable carriers, one or more compounds according to the invention, or which consist of one or more active compounds according to the invention, and processes for the preparation of these formulations.
If appropriate, the active compound or compounds can also be present in microencapsulated form in one or more of the abovementioned carriers.
The therapeutically active compounds should preferably be present in the abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations in a concentration of about 0.1 to 99.5, preferably about 0.5 to 95% by weight of the total mixture.
The abovementioned pharmaceutical formulations can also comprise further pharmaceutical active compounds in addition to the compounds according to the invention. In general, it has proved advantageous both in human and in veterinary medicine to administer the active compound or compounds according to the invention in total amounts of about 0.5 to about 500, preferably 5 to 100 mg/kg of body weight every 24 hours, if appropriate in the form of several individual doses, to achieve the desired results. An individual dose preferably comprises the active compound or compounds according to the • invention in amounts of about 1 to about 80, in particular 3 to 30 mg/kg of body weight.
UTILITY, TESTING AND ADMINISTRATION UTILITY
The present invention is based on the surprising discovery that described compounds herein exhibit an antitumor effect in vivo either by inhibiting HIF activity or by arresting the cell cycle essential for tumor growth and metastasis.
Accordingly, one aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting HIF- 1 ot or HIF-2α expression in tumor cells or tissues, and to induce cell cycle arrest leading to apoptosis, comprising contacting the tumor cells or tissues with a composition comprising the compounds described herein at an effective amount for inducing cell cycle arrest.
Another aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting HIF- regulated gene expression in tumor cells or tissues, comprising contacting the tumor cells or tissues with a composition comprising the compounds described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting HIF- regulated gene expression.
A further aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting tumor growth in animal tissues, comprising contacting the animal tissues with a composition comprising the compounds described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting tumor growth.
Yet another aspect of the present invention provides a method of inhibiting tumor progression and metastasis in animal tissues, comprising contacting the animal tissues with a composition comprising the compounds described herein at an effective amount for inhibiting tumor progression and metastasis.
The present invention is broadly applicable to a variety of uses which include single agent or a component in combination therapy to treat HIF-mediated disorders or conditions with accompanying undesired angiogenesis, such as solid and blood-borne tumors including but not limited to melanomas, carcinomas, sarcomas, rhabdomyosarcoma, retinoblastoma, Ewϊng sarcoma, neuroblastoma, osteosarcoma, and leukemia. TESTING
Compounds of the invention have an inhibitory effect on the expression of HIF- lα and HIF-2α and on the induction of VEGF, aldolase A, and enolase 1 in cancer cells cultured under hypoxic conditions. In vivo, treatment halts the growth of xenografted tumors originating from hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, and neuroblastoma cells. Tumors from treated mice show fewer blood vessels and reduced expression of HIF-I α and HIF-2α proteins and HIF-regulated genes than tumors from vehicle-treated mice.
The compounds induce cell cycle arrest in Hep3B liver tumor cells. After application of 1 μM into cultures of Hep3B cells, typically in 48 hours, about 28% of the cells are in the G0/G1 phases, 15% in the G2/M phases, 57% in the S phase, and a small percentage are characterized as being in the sub-Gl phase. In the control, typically 60% of the cells are in the G0/G1 phases, 16% in the G2/M phases, and 30% in the S-phase. Substantial arrest of the cell cycle such that almost double the percentage of cells are in the S-phase.
The described compounds can be evaluated for efficacy using the methods described above. In addition, compounds of the invention have efficacy in in a cell viability assay using human cancer cells. The cells are treated with the described compound (at concentrations ranging from 0.5-2 μM) and buffer. Cellular viability is measured at 24, 48, and 72 hours. Treatment with the compound results in a notable decrease in cell viability.
ADMINISTRATION
The described compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage, e.g., a dosage sufficient to provide treatment for the disease states previously described. While human dosage levels have yet to be optimized for the compounds of the invention, generally, a daily dose is from about 0.05 to 100 mg/kg of body weight, preferably about 0.10 to 10.0 mg/kg of body weight, and most preferably about 0.15 to 1.0 mg/kg of body weight. Thus, for administration to a 70 kg person, the dosage range would be about 3.5 to 7000 mg per day, preferably about 7.0 to 700.0 mg per day, and most preferably about 10.5 to 70 mg per day. The amount of active compound administered will, of course, be dependent on the subject and disease state being treated, the severity of the affliction, the manner and schedule of administration and the judgment of the prescribing physician; for example, a likely dose range for oral administration would be about 700 to 7000 mg per day, whereas for intravenous administration a likely dose range would be about 70 to 700 mg per day, the active agents being selected for longer or shorter plasma half-lives, respectively.
The nonspecific cytotoxicity of the compounds according to the invention is generally greater than 90% survival tested in vitro by MTT assay at a concentration of 5 μg/ml. In the assay cells are plated in culture plates at a density of 2x104 cells per well. After stabilizing for 24 hr., Hep3B cells are treated with test "compound at a concentration of 5 μg/ml, then assayed after 24-hr, for viability. MTT-labeling reagent (final cone. 0.5 mg/ml) is added to each well and 4 hours later the cells are lysed with i-propyl alcohol. Absorbance is measured at 570 nm.
Administration of the compounds of the invention or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be via any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities including, but not limited to, orally, subcutaneously, intravenously, intranasally, topically, transdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, intrapulmonarilly, vaginally, rectally, or intraocularly. Oral and parenteral administration are customary in treating the indications that are the subject of the present invention.
Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions include solid, semi-solid, liquid and aerosol dosage forms, such as, e.g., tablets, capsules, powders, liquids, suspensions, suppositories, aerosols or the like. The compounds can also be administered in sustained or controlled release dosage forms, including depot injections, osmotic pumps, pills, transdermal (including electrotransport) patches, and the like, for prolonged and/or timed, pulsed administration at a predetermined rate. Preferably, the compositions are provided in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of a precise dose.
The compounds can be administered either alone or more typically in combination with a conventional pharmaceutical carrier, excipient or the like (e.g., mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, talcum, cellulose, sodium crosscarmellose, glucose, gelatin, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like). If desired, the pharmaceutical composition can also contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting agents, emulsifying agents, solubilizing agents, pH buffering agents and the like (e.g., sodium acetate, sodium citrate, cyclodextrin derivatives, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamϊne acetate, triethanolamine oleate, and the like). Generally, depending on the intended mode of administration, the pharmaceutical formulation will contain about 0.005% to 95%, preferably about 0.5% to 50% by weight of a compound of the invention. Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art; for example, see Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pennsylvania. In addition, the compounds of the invention can be co-administered with other active medicinal agents and/or administered in conjunction with other anticancer, antitumor, or antiproliferative disease therapies. Such therapies include, but are not limited to, radiation therapy, chemotherapy, immunotherapy, laser/microwave thermotherapy, and gene therapy using antisense DNA and RNA. See Moeller et al., Cancer Cell 2004 5:429-441. Suitable additional active agents include, for example: with aϊfa interferons such as Interferon alfa-2b; alkylators such as asaley, AZQ, BCNU, busulfan, carboxyphthalatoplatinum, CBDCA, CCNU, CHIP, chlorambucil, chlorozotocin, clomesone, cyclodisone, cyclophosphamide, dacarbazine, dianhydrogalactitol, fluorodopan, hepsulfam, hycanthone, L-TAM, melphalan, methyl CCNU, mitomycin C, mitozolamide, nitrogen mustard, PCNU, pϊperazine alkylator, piperazinedione, pipobroman, porfiromycin, spirohydantoin mustard, temozolomide, teroxirone, tetraplatin, thio-tepa, triethylenemelamine, uracil nitrogen mustard, and Yoshi-864; anthracyclines such as doxorubicin, cyanomorpholinodoxorubicin, mitoxantrone, idarubicin, doxorubicin liposomal, valrubicin, epirubϊcin, daunomycin, and daunorubicin liposomal; antibiotics such as dactinomycϊn, actinomycin D, bleomycin, and daunorubicin; aromatases inhibitor such as anastrozole and letrozole; covalent conjugate of recombinant methionyl human GCSF and monomethoxypolyethylene glycol; cyclo-oxygenase inhibitors such as celecoxib; diluents such as Elliott's B Solution; enzymes such as Asparaginase; erythropoiesis stimulating proteins such as Epoetin alfa and Darbepoetin alfa; estrogen receptor modulators such as tamoxifen and fulvestrant; folate antagonists such as methotrexate; granulocyte colony stimulating factors such as Filgrastim; hormonals such as anastrozole; inorganic arsenates such as arsenic trioxide; microtubule inhibitors such as vincristine, vinblastine, paclitaxel, vinorelbine, and docetaxel; modifiers such as leucovorin and dexrazoxane; monoclonal antibodies such as anti- CD20 (Rituximab, 90Y-ibrtumomab tiuexetan, and 131I-tositumomab), anti-CD22 (Epratuzumab and 90Y-epratuzumab), anti-HLA-DR (Remitogen), anti-HER2/NEU (Trastuzumab), anti-CD33 (Gemtuzumab ozogamicin), anti-CD52 (Alemtuzumab), anti-carcinoembryonic antigen (90Y-CEA-cide), anti-epithelial cellular-adhesion molecule (Edrecolomab), anti-epidermaj growth-factor receptor (Cetuximab, h-R3, and ABX-EGF), anti-VEGF (Bevacizumab), anti-VEGFR2 (IMC-ICl 1), anti-A33 (huA33), anti-G250/MN (G250), anti-Lewis Y antigen (SGN-15 and Hu3S193), and anti-GD3 (KW-2871); nitrosoureas such as procarbazine, lomustine, CCNU, carmustine, estramustine, and carmustine with Polifeprosan 20 Implant; nucleoside analogues such as mercaptopurine, 6-MP, fluorouracil, 5-FU, thioguanine, 6-TG, cytarabine, floxuridine (intraarterial), fludarabine, pentostatin, cladribine, pentostatin, gemcitabine, capecitabine, gemcitabine, and cytarabine liposomal; osteoclast inhibitors such as pamidronate; platinums such as carboplatin, cisplatin, and oxaliplatin; retinoids such as tretinoin, ATRA, alitretinoin, and bexarotene capsules gel; stem cell stimulators such as Oprelvekin; topoisomerase 1 inhibitors such as topotecan and irinotecan; topoisomerase 2 inhibitors such as etoposide, (VP- 16), teniposide, (VM -26), and etoposide phosphate; tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as imatinib mesylate; urate-oxidase enzymes such as Rasburicase; and hydroxyurea.
In one preferred embodiment, the compositions will take the form of a pill or tablet and thus the composition will contain, along with the active ingredient, a diluent such as lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, or the like; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or the like; and a binder such as starch, gum acacia, polyvinylpyrrolidine, gelatin, cellulose, cellulose derivatives or the like. In another solid dosage form, a powder, marume, solution or suspension (e.g., in propylene carbonate, vegetable oils or triglycerides) is encapsulated in a gelatin capsule.
Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dissolving, dispersing, etc. an active compound as defined above and optional pharmaceutical adjuvants in a carrier (e.g., water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, glycols, ethanol or the like) to form a solution or suspension. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, as emulsions, or in solid forms suitable for dissolution or suspension in liquid prior to injection. The percentage of active compound contained in such parenteral compositions is highly dependent on the specific nature thereof, as well as the activity of the compound and the needs of the subject. However, percentages of active ingredient of 0.01% to 10% in solution are employable, and will be higher if the composition is a solid that will be subsequently diluted to the above percentages. Preferably the composition will comprise 0.2-2% of the active agent in solution.
Formulations of the active compound or a salt may also be administered to the respiratory tract as an aerosol or solution for a nebulizer, or as a microfine powder for insufflation, alone or in combination with an inert carrier such as lactose. In such a case, the particles of the formulation have diameters of less than 50 microns, preferably less than 10 microns.
The present invention is more specifically illustrated by the following examples. However, it should be understood that these examples are provided only for illustration of the present invention, but not intended to limit the present invention in any manner.
EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE I/I A - as set forth in U.S. Patent No. 6,387,940 5-(l ,3-Dioxan-2-yl)-2-tributylstannyl-furan .
Figure imgf000083_0001
200 ml of sec-butyllithium (1.3M solution in cyclohexane, 260 mmol) are added dropwise to a solution of 34.4 g of 2-(2-furyl)-l,3-dioxane (224 mmol, obtainable from furfural and propane- 1,3-diol) in 320 ml of THF at -70° C. in the course of 20 minutes. The solution is warmed at -20° C. for 30 minutes and then cooled again to -78° C. A solution of 60.8 ml of tributylstannyl chloride in 160 ml of THF is then added dropwise in the course of 30 minutes, after which the mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature. After 2.5 hours, water is added and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is dried with magnesium sulphate and concentrated and the residue is distilled (boiling pointo.g 180° C). 93 g are obtained.
EXAMPLE 1/2 A
3-(5_(l53-Dioxan-2-yl)furan-2-yl)indazole
Figure imgf000083_0002
10 g (41 mmol) of 3-iodoindazole (U. Wrzeciono et al., Pharmazie 1979, 34, 20) are dissolved in 125 ml of DMF under argon, 0.7 g of Pd(PPh3^ is added and the mixture is stirred for 15 minutes. 19.4 g (43.9 mmol) of 2-(5-tributylstannyl-2-furanyl)-l,3-dioxane are added and the mixture is stirred at 100° C. for 2 hours. The solvent is evaporated off in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed over silica gel using toluene and toluene/ethyl acetate mixtures as the eluent. 10 g (90.3% of theory) of 3-(2-(5-(l,3-dioxolan-2-yl)fury,)indazole are obtained. Rf(SiO2, toluenetethyl acetate 4:1): 0.1; MS (ESI/POS): 271 (82, M+H), 213 (100), 157 (10).
EXAMPLE π/3 A
2-(l ,3-Dioxan-2-yl)-6-trimethylsta]mylpvridine
Figure imgf000084_0001
2 g (8.19 mmol) of 2-(l,3-dioxan-2-yl)-6-bromopyridine (Rf(SiO2, ethyl acetate): 0.67), obtainable from 6-bromo-2-pyridinecarboxaldehyde (Inorg. Chem. 1971, 10, 2474) and 1,3- propanediol, are initially introduced into 50 ml of ether, and 3.6 ml of a 2.5N solution of n- BuLi in hexane are added at -80° C. The mixture is stirred at -80° C. for 30 minutes and 1.8 j of trimethyltin chloride in 5 ml of ether are added. The mixture is first stirred at -80° C. and then allowed to come to -30° C. It is introduced into water and extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulphate and the solvent is evaporated in vacuo. The product (1.1 g) can be employed for the next stage without further purification. Rf (SiO2, ethyl acetate): 0.2; MS (CI): 330 (80, M+H), 166 (100).
EXAMPLE Π/4 A
3-(6-(l,3-Dioxan-2-yl)-2-pyridyl)indazole
Figure imgf000084_0002
60 mg of Pd(PPh3)4 are added to 0.82 g (3.35 mmol) of 3-iodoindazole in 10 ml of DMF at room temperature under argon, and the mixture is stirred for 15 minutes. 1.1 g (3.35 mmol) of 2-(l,3-dioxan-2-yl)-6-trimethyIstannylpyriJine are added and the mixture is stirred at 100° C. for 4 hours. It is then evaporated in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed over silica gel. 300 mg (32% of theory) of an oil are obtained. MS (CI/NH3): 283 (100, M+H).
EXAMPLE W5 A
3-Iodoindazole
Figure imgf000085_0001
58.1 g of iodine (229 mmol) are introduced in portions into a suspension of 25.6 g of indazole (217 mmol) in 625 ml of methanol and 625 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide solution in the course of 1 hour. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 days and 75 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid is then added, while cooling with ice, the mixture is rendered acid with 2N hydrochloric acid and 20% strength sodium thiosulphate pentahydrate solution is added until the iodine colour disappears. The precipitate which separates out is filtered off with suction, washed neutral with water and dried in a vacuum drying cabinet at 50° C. For purification, the solid is taken up in methanol. After undissolved constituents are filtered off, the filtrate is concentrated to dryness on a rotary evaporator, the product being obtained as an almost white solid.
Yield: 52.6 g (quantitative)
Rf value: 0.63 (silica gel; cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 1:1)
Melting point: 137° C. EXAMPLE ϊl/6 A
1 -Benzyl-3-iodoindazole
Figure imgf000086_0001
1.49 g of 95% pure sodium hydride (59.0 mmol) are added in portions to a solution of 12.0 g (49.2 mmol) of 3-iodoindazole in 100 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran under argon. After the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes, 7.02 ml (59.0 mmol) of benzyl bromide are added dropwise. The mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature, and diethyl ether and water are then added. The organic phase is washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated to dryness on a rotary evaporator. The excess benzyl bromide, is separated off by bulb tube distillation. The distillation residue gives a product in the form of an oil which is gradually crystallized.
Yield: 15.4 g (94% of theory) Rf value: 0.78 (silica gel; cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 1:1) Melting point: 54° C.
EXAMPLE Π/7 A
1 -Benzyl-3-trimethylstannylindazole
Figure imgf000086_0002
800 g of 1 -benzyl-3-iodoindazole (24.0 mmol), 23.7 g of hexamethylditin (72.0 mmol) and 2.00 g of Pd(PPli3)4 (7.2 mol %) in 240 ml of anhydrous 1,4-dioxane are heated under reflux overnight in an argon atmosphere. The mixture is cooled to room temperature, 72 ml of IM potassium fluoride solution and 200 ml of -ethyl acetate are added and the mixture is stirred for 30 minutes. After the precipitate is filtered off over Celite, the organic phase of the filtrate is washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulphate and freed from the solvent on a rotary evaporator. The residue is stirred in n-pentane and the precipitate is filtered off with suction and dried at 50° C. under a high vacuum, whereupon the product is obtained in the form of a white solid.
Yield: 6.05 g (68%; purity: 88% according to GC) Rf value: 0.47 (silica gel; cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 10:1) Melting point: 122° C. MS-EI: 372 (Sn, M+, 23), 357 (Sn, 56), 207 (100), 165 (Sn, 61),
91 (68).
Abbreviations:
Ph phenyl
Et ethyl
Me - = methyl
EE ethyl acetate
H hexane
PE petroleum ether
MeOH methanol
E ether
DMF dimethylformamide
Ac " = acetyl
KOH potassium hydroxide
NMP = N-methylpyrrolidone
EXAMPLE m/8 A l-Benzyl-3-iodoindazole
Figure imgf000087_0001
A solution of 2.99 g of iodoindazole (12.25 mmol) in 10 ml of THF is added dropwise to a suspension of 515 mg of NaH (60% in oil, 12.88 mmol) in 20 ml of THF. After 15 minutes, 1.55 ml of benzyl bromide is added. After 6 hours at room temperature and 3 hours at 40° C. water is added to the reaction mixture and the mixture is extracted with ether. The organic phases are dried with sodium sulphate and concentrated. After chromatography (Siθ2 ; petroleum etheπethyl acetate 9:1), 3.351 g of a viscous oil which solidifies in vacuo are obtained. Melting point: 51.5-52.5° C. Rf =0'38 (hexanelethyl acetate 3:1).
EXAMPLE UU9 A
1 -Benzyl-3-cyanoindazole
Figure imgf000088_0001
420 mg of NaH (60% in oil, 10.3 mmol) are added in portions to 1,0 g of 3-cyanoindazole (7.0 mmol) and 1.7 ml of benzyl bromide (14.0 mmol) in 6 ml of THF, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for.15 hours. The reaction is quenched with 2 drops of water, the mixture is concentrated and the residue is chromatographed (S1O2 ; petroleum etheπethyl acetate 3:1). 1.3 g of a solid are obtained.
Melting point: 91° C.
EXAMPLE TWlO A
1 -Benzyl-3-trimethylstannyl-indazole
Figure imgf000088_0002
1.67 g of l-benzyl-3-iodoindazole (5.00 mmol), 4.95 g of hexamethylditin (15.0 mmol) and 530 mg of Pd(PPh3>4 (10 mol %) are heated under reflux in 50 ml of anhydrous 1,4-dioxane overnight. The mixture is cooled to room temperature, 15 ml of IM potassium fluoride solution and 50 ml of ethyl acetate are added and this mixture is stirred for 30 minutes. After the precipitate is filtered off, the organic phase of the filtrate is washed with water, dried over magnesium sulphate and freed from the solvent on a rotary evaporator. Drying of the residue at 50° C. under a high vacuum gives the product in the form of a white solid, which could be employed in the subsequent Pd-catalysed couplings without further purification. Yield: 78%. Rf : 0.32 (silica gel; cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 16:1). MS-EI: 372 (Sn, M^.23), 357 (Sn, 56), 207 (100), 165 (Sn5 61), 91 (6S).
EXAMPLE ΓV/11 A
5-( 1 ,3-Dioxan-2-yl)-2-tributylstannyl-furan
Figure imgf000089_0001
200 ml of sec-butyllithium (1.3M solution in cyclohexane, 260 mmol) are added dropwise to a solution of 34.4 g of 2-(2-furyl)-l,3-dioxane (224 mmol, obtainable from furfural and propane-l,3-diol) in 320 ml of THF at -70° C. in the course of 20 minutes. The solution is warmed at -20° C. for 30 minutes and then cooled again to -78° C. A solution of 60.8 ml of tributylstannyl chloride in 160 ml of THF is then added dropwise in the course of 30 minutes, after which the mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature. After 2.5 hours, water is added and the mixture is extracted with ettfyl acetate. The organic phase is dried with magnesium sulphate and concentrated and the residue is distilled (boiling pointb.β 180° C). 93 g are obtained.
EXAMPLE TV/12 A 3-(5-(l53-Dioxolan-2-yl)furan-2-yl)indazole
Figure imgf000090_0001
10 g (41 mmol) of 3-iodoindazole (U. Wrzeciono et al., Pharmazie 1978, 34, 20) are dissolved in 125 ml of DMF under argon, 0.7 g of Pd(PP-Ia)4 is added and the mixture is stirred for 15 minutes. 19.4 g (43.9 mmol) of 2-(5-tributylstannyl-2-furanyl)-l,3-dioxolane are added and the mixture is stirred at 100° C. for 2 hours. The solvent is evaporated off in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed over silica gel using toluene and toluene/ethyl acetate mixtures as the eluent. 10 g (90.3% of theory) of 3-(2-(5-(l,3-dioxolan-2- yl)furyl)indazole are obtained. Rf(SiO2, toluene/ethyl acetate=4:l): 0.1.
PREPARATION EXAMPLES - as set forth in u.s. Patent No.6,387,940 EXAMPLE I/I
3-(5-(l ,3-Dioxan-2-yl)furan-2-yl)-l -(4-picβlyl)indazole
Figure imgf000090_0002
A solution of 2 g (7.41 mmol) of 3-(5-(l,3-dioxan-2-yl)furan-2-yl)indazole in 10 ml of DMF is added to a suspension of 355 mg of NaH (60 percent in paraffin) in 10 ml of DMF under argon, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 1.46 g of 4-picolyl chloride hydrochloride are then added, followed by 355 mg of NaH (60 percent in paraffin). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and then at 100° C. for 1 hour, introduced into water and extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulphate and evaporated in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed over silica gel using toluene/ethyl acetate mixtures as the eluent. 1 g (37% of theory) of an oil is obtained. Rf (SiO2, ethyl acetate): 0.25. EXAMPLE Ul 3KS-Formyl-2-fuiyl)-l-(4-picolyl)mdazole
Figure imgf000091_0001
1 g (2.77 mmol) of 3-(5<l,3^ioxan-2-yl)furan-2-yl)Λ-(4-picolyl)indazole is dissolved in 10 ml of acetone, and 20 ml of 50 percent strength acetic acid are added. The mixture is boiled for 1 hour, introduced into water and extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic phase is dried with sodium sulphate and evaporated in vacuo to give 0.8 g (95.3% of theory) of an oil. Rf(SiO2, ethyl acetate): 0.25.
EXAMPLE 1/3 3-(2-(5-Hydroxymethylfuryl))-l-(4-picolyl)indazole
Figure imgf000091_0002
0.4 g (1.3 mmol) of 3-(5-formyl-2-furanyl)-l-(4-picolyI)indazole is suspended in 20 ml of propanol, and 0.4 g of NaBH, is slowly added at 0° C. After the mixture-has been stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, the clear solution is introduced into water and extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulphate and evaporated in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed over silica gel using toluene/ethyl acetate mixtures as the eluent. 200 mg (50% of theory) of crystals are obtained. Melting point 183° C. Rf(SiO2, ethyl acetate): 0.14.
The compounds listed in Tables I/I, 1/2 artd 1/3 are prepared analogously to the instructions of Examples I/I, 1/2 and 1/3:
TABLE I/I
Figure imgf000092_0001
Ex.
No. A1 Rl Rf*/mp°C. Yield (% of theory)
Figure imgf000092_0002
1/5 0.52 (T4E1)/12O° C. 70
Figure imgf000092_0003
Figure imgf000092_0004
1/7 0.06 (T1E1)/1O3° C. 53
Figure imgf000092_0005
1/8 O.46(T4E1)/119°C. 71
Figure imgf000092_0006
/9 0.25 (T1E1)/1O5°C. 37
Figure imgf000093_0001
/10
Figure imgf000093_0002
/11 O.38(T4E1)/112°C. 69
Figure imgf000093_0003
/12 0.14(E4MeOHl)/oil 50
Figure imgf000093_0004
Figure imgf000093_0005
Figure imgf000093_0006
1/15 0.27 (TlEl)/oU 88.6
Figure imgf000093_0007
1/16
0.45 T1E1/132 47.5
Figure imgf000094_0001
I/I 7 0.65 T1E1/148 39.3
Figure imgf000094_0002
I/IS
Figure imgf000094_0003
1/19
Figure imgf000094_0004
Figure imgf000094_0005
/21
Figure imgf000094_0006
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000095_0002
TABLE 1/2
Figure imgf000096_0001
Ex. Yield
No. R1 Rf(TIzEl) (% of theory)
Figure imgf000096_0002
*E = ethyl acetate/MeOH = methanol/T = toluene numbers: parts
TABLE 1/3
Figure imgf000096_0003
Figure imgf000097_0001
E = ethyl acetate
H = hexane
Cy = cyclohexaπe
EXAMPLE Π/34
1 -Benzyl-3-(6-(l ,3-dioxan-2-yl)-2-pyridyl)indazole
Figure imgf000097_0002
580 mg of NaH (60 percent strength in paraffin) are slowly added to 3.7 g (13.1 mmol) of 3- (6-(l,3-dioxan-2-yl)-2-pyridyl)indazole in THF under argon. After the mixture has been stirred for 30 minutes, 1.71 ml of benzyl bromide are added and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. It is then introduced into water and extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase is dried with magnesium sulphate and evaporated in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed over silica gel and eluted with ethyl acetate/toluene mixtures. 1.52 g (31 % of theory) of an oil are obtained. Rf (SiO2, eϊhyl acetate): 0.3; MS 372 (100, M+l).
EXAMPLE π/35 l-Benzyl-3-(6-formyl-2-pyridyI)indazole
Figure imgf000098_0001
1.52 g (4.1 mmol) of l-benzyl-3-(6-(l,3-dioxan-2-yl)-2-pyridyl)indazole are dissolved in 10 ml of acetone, and 20 ml of 50 percent strength acetic acid are added. The mixture is stirred at 50° C. for 3 hours, introduced into water and extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulphate and evaporated in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed over silica gel using toluene/ethyl acetate mixtures to give 180 mg (14% of theory) of an oil. Rf(SiO2, toluene/ethyl acetate): 0.7; MS (CI/NH3): 314 (100, M-HH).
EXAMPLE Π/36 l-Benzyl-3-(6-hydroxymethyl-2-pyridyl)indazole
Figure imgf000098_0002
180 mg (0.57 mmol) of l-benzyl-3-(6-formyl-2-pyridyl)indazole are suspended in 20 ml of propanol, and 180 mg OfNaBH4 are slowly added. After the mixture has been stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, the clear solution is introduced into water and extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulphate and evaporated in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed over silica gel using toluene/ethyl acetate mixtures as the eluent. 120 mg (66% of theory) of crystals are obtained. Melting point 75° C; Rf (Siθ2, ethyl acetate): 0.15; MS (Cl, NH3): 316 (100, M+H).
EXAMPLE 11/37 -pyrimidyl)indazole
Figure imgf000099_0001
200 mg of l-benzyl-3-trimethylstannylindazole (crude product, 70% according to GC), 35 mg of 2-chloropyrimidine (0.30 mmol) and 29 mg (0.025 mmol) of Pd(PPh3)4in 2.5 ml of toluene are heated under reflux overnight in an argon atmosphere. The mixture is cooled to room temperature, saturated ammonium chloride solution is added and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is dried over magnesium sulphate and freed from the solvent on a rotary evaporator. Purification is carried out by chromatography over aluminium oxide using cyclohexane/ethyl acetate as the eluent (gradient from 10:1 to 1:1).
Yield: 80 mg (93%)
Rf value: 0.67 (aluminum oxide; cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 10:1)
Melting point: 154° C.
MS-EI: 286 (M+, 100), 285 (64), 209 (40), 91 (71)
EXAMPLE Π/38 l-Benzyl-3-(4,5-dimethyl-2-pyrimidyl)indazole
Figure imgf000100_0001
640 mg of l-benzyl-3-trimethylstannylindazole (1.72 mmol), 212 mg of 2-chloro-4,5- dimethylpyrimidϊne* (1.49 mmol) and 72 mg (0.10 mmol) of Pd(PPh3)2 Cl2 (5.8 mol %) in 20 ml of toluene are heated under reflux overnight in an argon atmosphere. The mixture is cooled to room temperature, saturated ammonium chloride solution is added and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is dried over magnesium sulphate and freed from the solvent on a rotary evaporator. Purification is carried out by chromatography over silica gel using cyclohexane/ethyϊ acetate as the eluent (gradient from 10:1 to 1:1).
Yield: 239 mg (51% of theory) Rf value: 0.33 (silica gel; cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 1:1) Melting point: 119° C.
* Sugasawa et al., Yakugaku Zasshi, 71, 1951, 1345, 1348, Chem. Abstr., 1952, 8034. The examples listed in Tables II/l, II/2 and II/3 are prepared analogously to the instructions of Examples 11/34-38:
TABLE II/l
Figure imgf000100_0002
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000101_0002
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000102_0002
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000104_0002
TABLE II/2
Rf value Yield
Figure imgf000104_0003
Figure imgf000105_0001
EE: ethyl acetate Cy: cyclohexane
EXAMPLE m/69 l-Benzyl-3-(l-methyl-imidazol-2-yl)-indazole
Figure imgf000105_0002
2.50 g of l-benzyl-3-iodoindazole (7.48 mmol), 3.33 g of l-methyl-2-tributyl- stannylimidazole (8.98 mmol) (K. Gaare, K. Undheim et al, Acta Chem. Scand. 1993, 47, 57) and 432 mg of tetrakis-triphenylphosphinepalladium (0.37 mmol) in 10 ml of DMF are heated at 80° C. for 2 days under argon. After cooling, water is added to the mixture and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phases are dried with sodium sulphate and concentrated. After chromatography (SiO2 ; CH2CI2 :MeOH 100:1), 2.40 g of an oil are obtained. MS: (CI, NH3): 289 (M+W, 100).
EXAMPLE IH/70
Ethyl 2-( 1 -benzyl-indazol-S-yO-oxazole-S-carboxylate
Figure imgf000106_0001
A solution of ethyl diazopyruvate (250 mg,~l .76 mmol) (T. Ohsumi & H. Neunhofer, Tetrahedron 1992, 48, 5227) in 4 ml of benzene is added dropwise to a refluxing solution of 600 mg of l-benzyl-3-cyanoindazole (2.57 mmol) and 0.8 mg of copper(II) acetylacetonate (3 mmol) in 1 ml of benzene in the course of 4 hours. Thereafter, the reaction mixture is heated under reflux for a further 15 minutes, cooled and evaporated in vacuo. The residue is chromatographed (Siθ2 ; cyclohexane:ethyl acetate 3:1). 67 mg of a yellow oil are obtained. Rf =0.11 (hexane/ethyl acetate 3:1).
EXAMPLE WJ71
1 -Benzyl-3 -(5 -hydroxymethyl-oxazol-2-yl)-indazole
Figure imgf000106_0002
18 mg of lithium aluminium hydride (0.47 mmol) are added to a solution of 67 mg of ethyl 2- (l-benzyl-indazoI-3-yl)-oxazole-5-carboxylate in 2 ml of ether at 0° C. After 3 hours at 0° C, the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for a further 24 hours, water is then added and the mixture is extracted 3 times with ether. The organic phases are dried with sodium sulphate and concentrated. After chromatography (SiO2 ; cyclohexanerethyl acetate 2:1 to 3:2), 12 mg of a white solid are obtained. Rf =0.12 (hexane/ethyl acetate 1:1).
EXAMPLE m/72
Ethyl 2-( 1 j-benzyl~imidazol-3-yl)-thiazole-4-carboxylate
Figure imgf000107_0001
148 mg of l-benzyl-3-trimethylstaϊinyl-indazole (0.399 mmol), 86 mg of ethyl 2- bromothiazole-4-carboxylate (0.364 mmol) (Erlenmeyer et al. HeIv. Chim. Acta 1942 (25) 1073) and 42 mg of Pd(PPh3^ are stirred in 2 ml of DMF under argon at 80° C. for 2 days. After cooling, water is added to the mixture and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phases are dried with sodium sulphate and concentrated. After chromatography (SiO2 ; petroleum etheπethyl acetate 3:1), 75 mg of a white solid (52%) are obtained. Rf =0.31 (hexane:ethyl acetate 3:1). Melting point: 95-96° C.
The compounds listed in Table III/l are prepared analogously to the instructions given above:
TABLE πi/1
Figure imgf000107_0002
HI/74 0.25 (H:E 3:1) 37 Melting point 77° C.
Figure imgf000108_0001
H: hexane
E: ethyl acetate
The compounds listed in Table HI/2 are prepared either analogously to the instructions given above or obtained via the corresponding indazole derivatives
Figure imgf000108_0002
Figure imgf000108_0003
(identified in what follows by indazole-CO2 H, indazole-CO— Cl or indazole-CO—NH^) by the process variants described under [A3]-[G3].
TABLE III/2
Yield/
Ex. Preparation melting
No. Structure method point ° C. Rf
Figure imgf000108_0004
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000109_0002
Figure imgf000109_0003
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000110_0002
111/89 36%/ 0.24
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000111_0002
Figure imgf000111_0003
Figure imgf000112_0001
*= build up from indazole
or indazole-COOH or indazole
[ ] = see process equation
TABLE HI/3
Yield/
Ex. Preparation melting
No. Structure method point ° C. Rf
HI/100 F3 11% 0.47 (?E/E 1 :1)
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000113_0002
Figure imgf000113_0003
Figure imgf000113_0004
Figure imgf000113_0005
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000114_0002
Figure imgf000114_0003
Figure imgf000114_0004
Figure imgf000114_0005
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000115_0002
Figure imgf000115_0003
Figure imgf000115_0004
III/l 16
Figure imgf000115_0005
Figure imgf000115_0006
Al2O
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000116_0002
Figure imgf000116_0003
Figure imgf000116_0004
Figure imgf000116_0005
Figure imgf000116_0006
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000117_0002
Figure imgf000117_0003
Figure imgf000118_0001
EXAMPLES OF THE PROCESS ACCORDING TO THE INVENTION FOR THE PREPARATION OF THE OXAZOLYL COMPOUNDS OF THE GENERAL FORMULA III-XXIX AND COMPOUNDS IN WHICH R42 REPRESENTS A RADICAL OF THE FORMULA III-XXVIII
In the following descriptions of experiments, the retention factors Rf are measured on silica gel TLC, unless stated otherwise. H=hexane, EE=ethyl acetate.
Process Example 1
Figure imgf000118_0002
A mixture of 10 g of 3-(m-trifluoromethylbenzoylamϊdo)-l,l-dichlorobut-l-ene, 5.1 g of sodium methylate and 35 ml of dimethylacetamide is stirred at 25° C. overnight, 50 ml of water are then added and the mixture is extracted several times with methylene chloride. The methylene chloride phase is separated off, dried with sodium sulphate and filtered and the solvent is removed in a vacuum rotary evaporator. Distillation of the resulting crude product gives 7.3 g of 4-memyl-5-methoxymethyl-2-(m-trifluorophenyl)-oxazole (boiling range 96- 100° C./0.2 mbar). Preparation of the l,l-dichloro-3-(m-trifluoromethylbenzoylamido)-but-l- ene
Employed:
1st stage
<Λ÷ζ
A mixture of 615 g of 1,1,1,3-tetrachlorobutane, obtained by addition, initiated by free radicals, of carbon tetrachloride onto propene, 13.3 g of tetrabutylammonium bromide and a solution of 138.2 g of sodium hydroxide in 390 ml of water is mixed thoroughly by stirring at room temperature for 24 hours.21 of water are then added, the phases are separated and the organic phase is dried with sodium sulphate. A mixture of 1,1,3-trichloro- but-1-ene and l,l,l-trichloro-but-2-ene is obtained by distillation of the crude product (492 g of boiling range 45-50° C./20 mbar).
2nd stage •
Figure imgf000119_0001
210 g of a mixture of 1,1,3-trichloro-but-l-ene and l,l,l-trichloro-but-2-ene and 52 ml of anhydrous hydrocyanic acid are metered simultaneously into a solution, heated at 40° C5 of 38 g of H2O in 568 g of concentrated sulphuric acid in the course of 1 hour, while stirring. A further 78 ml of hydrocyanic acid are then added in the course of 2 hours. After a further reaction time of 2 hours, the excess hydrocyanic acid is distilled off. The reaction mixture is rendered alkaline with 20% strength sodium hydroxide solution and the crude product (195 g) is separated off by extraction with methylene chloride.
This crude product is mixed with 950 ml of half-concentrated hydrochloric acid, while stirring, the mixture being heated at the boiling point under reflux cooling. After 24 hours, the mixture is cooled and a small amount of by-product is removed by extraction with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase is concentrated to dryness in a rotary evaporator. Half-concentrated sodium hydroxide solution is then added and the mixture is stirred, the pH being adjusted to 9. The amine which separates out is isolated and distilled. 156 g of 3- amino-1, 1-dichloro-but-l-ene are obtained, boiling point 45-50° C./18 mbar.
3rd stage
Figure imgf000120_0001
A solution of 26.9 g of m-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride in 25 ml of methylene chloride is added dropwise to a mixture of 21.0 g of 3-amino-l, 1-dichloro-but-l-ene, 35 ml of methylene chloride and a solution of 15.9 g of sodium carbonate in 45 ml of water in the course of 30 minutes, while cooling with ice and stirring vigorously. After a reaction time of a further hour, the phases are separated. Concentration of the organic phase gives 39.0 g of 2,2-dichloro-3-(m-trifluoromethylbenzoylamido)-but-l-ene.
Process Example 2
Figure imgf000120_0002
A mixture of l,l-dichloro-(m-trifluoromethylbenzoylamϊdo)-but-l-ene, 4.2 g of sodium butylate and 35 ml of dimethylacetamide is heated at 100° C. for 7 hours, while stirring. After the reaction, the mixture is worked up analogously to Example 1. Vacuum distillation of the resulting crude product gives 6.4 g of 5-butoxymethyl-4-methyl-2-(m- trifluorophenyO-oxazole (boiling range 106-110° CJ0.2 mbar).
Process Example 3
A solution of 1.8 g of 3-acetamido-_l,l-dichlorobut-l-ene and l,0 g of sodium methylate in 20 ml of methanol is heated at the boiling point under reflux for 24 hours. Thereafter, the methanol is distilled off, the residue is taken up in 5 ml of water and 30 ml of methylene chloride and the organic phase isjseparated off and distilled in vacuo. 0.9 g of 2,4- dimethyl-5-methoxymethy!-oxazole is obtained, boiling point 54° C./120 mbar.
Process Example 4
Figure imgf000121_0001
A mixture of 7 g of 3-(2-chloro-6-fluorobenzoylamido)-l,l-dichloro-but-l-ene, 11.7 g of sodium 4-tert-butylphenolate and 100 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone is heated at 100° C. for 8 hours, while stirring. The solvent is then separated off by vacuum distillation, the residue is taken up in water and methylene chloride and the organic phase is separated off, dried with sodium sulphate and freed from the solvent in a vacuum rotary evaporator. The crude product is purified by chromatography. 5.1 g of 2-(2-chloro-6-fluorophenyl)-4-methyl-5-(4-tert- butylphenoxymethyl)-oxazole are obtained.
Process Example 5
Figure imgf000121_0002
A mixture of 5 g of 3-benzoylamido-l,l-dichloro-but-l-ene, 36 g of sodium acetate and 500 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone is heated at 150° C. for 36 hours, while stirring. The crude product is then isolated in a manner analogous to that described in Example 4. Vacuum distillation gives 35 g of 5-acetoxymethyl-4-methyl-2-phenyl-oxazole (boiling range 88-91° CJO.1 mbar).
Process Example 6
Figure imgf000122_0001
80 μl of NaOH, IM, are added to 15 mg of 3-(l-benzylindazole-3-carboxamido)-l,l- dichlorobut-1-ene (40 μmol) in 20 μl of N-methylpyrrolidone under argon and the mixture is heated at 55° C. for 1 hour. It is cooled and 0.8 ml of water and 8 ml of ethyl acetate are added. The organic phase is concentrated and the residue is purified by preparative TLC (SiO2). 9.9 mg (77%) of 2-(l-benzylindazol-3-yl)-5-hydroxymethyl-4-methyl-oxazole are obtained (melting point 127-129° C). MS (DCI/NH3): 320 (100, MH4). Rf : 0.17 (H:EE 1:1).
Process Example 7
Figure imgf000122_0002
(For this example, the amide intermediate stage was prepared in situ from the formula 3a and an acid chloride.)
500 mg of 1 -benzylindazole-3-carboxyl chloride (1.847 mmol), 260 mg of 3-amino- 1,1-dichlorύ-but-l-ene (1.847 mmol) and 318 mg of sodium acetate (3.88 mmol) were stirred in 4 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone at 150° C. under argon for 5 days. The crude mixture was cooled, water was added and the mixture was extracted several times with ethyl acetate. The organic phases were dried (over NazSCU) and concentrated and the residue was chromatographed (SiCh, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 3:1). Two products were isolated: 1,1- dichloro-3-(l-benzylindazole-3-carboxamido)-but-l-ene (410 mg, 59%) Rf : 0.26 (H:EE 3:1) and 5-acetoxymethyl-2-(l-benzylindazol-3-yl)-4-methyloxazole (160 mg, 24%). MS (DCI/NH3): 362 (100, MH+). Rf : 0.17 (H:EE 3:1).
Process Example 8
Figure imgf000122_0003
100 mg of 3-(l-benzylindazole-3-carboxamido)-l,l-dichloro-but-l-ene (0.267 mmol) and 29 mg of sodium methylate are stirred in 0.5 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone at 100° C. under argon overnight. The crude mixture is cooled and purified directly by column chromatography (SiO2, cyclohexane:ethyl acetate 3:1). 35.9 mg (40%) of 2r(l-benzylindazol- 3-yl)-5-methoxymethyl-4-methyloxazole are isolated as a yellowish oil. MS (DCI/H3): 334 . (100, MH+). Rf. 0.67 (CH2Cl2 :MeOH 100:5).
Process Example 9
Figure imgf000123_0001
730 mg of l,l-dichloro-3-[l-(2-fluorobenzyl)indazole-3-carboxamido]-but-l-ene (1.86 mmol) and 3,75 ml of NaOH, IN (3.75 mmol) are stirred in 7.4 ml of N- methylpyrrolidone at 50° C: under argon overnight. After cooling, the mixture is poured onto ice-water and the product which is precipitated out is filtered off and dried. Finally, it is, purified by column chromatography (S1O2, cyclohexanexthyl acetate 2:1). 375 mg (60%) of 2-[l-(2-fluorobenzyl)indazol-3-yl]-5-hydroxymethyl-4-methyl-oxazole are obtained as white crystals. Melting point 144° C; MS (ESI-POSITIVE): 338 (100, MH+). Rf. 0.20 (H:EE 1:1).
The l,l-dichloro-3-[l-(2-fluorobenzyl)indazole-3-carboxamido]-but-l-ene employed is prepared as follows: 120 μl of pyridine are added to 400 mg of l-(2-fluorobenzyl)- indazole-3-carboxyl chloride (1.385 mmol) and 200 mg of 3-amino-l,l-dichloro-but-l-ene in 1.5 ml of THF and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Ethyl acetate and water are then added. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated. The crude product l,l-dichloro-3-[l-(2-fluorobenzyl)indazole-3-carboxamido]-but-l-ene is pure enough, according to TLC, to be further reacted directly. Rf: 0.32 (H:EE 3:1).
Process Example 10
Figure imgf000124_0001
136 mg of l.l-dichloro-S-tl-Cl-fluorobenzyOindazole-S-carboxamidoJ-but-l-ene (0.267 mmol) and 47 mg of sodium methylate are stirred in 0.6 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone at 100° C. under argon overnight. The crude mixture is cooled and purified directly by column chromatography (SiO2).24 mg (20%) of 2-[l-(2-fluorobenzyl)-indazol-3-yl]-5- methoxymethyl-4-methyl-oxazole are isolated as yellowish crystals. Melting point 86-88° C. MS (ESI-POSITIVE): 374 (65, M-I-Na+), 352 (100, MH+). Rf: 0.18 (CH2Cl2 :MeOH 100:1).
Process Example 11
Figure imgf000124_0002
136 mg of l,l-dichloro-3-[l-(2-fluorobenzyl)indazole-3-carboxamido]-but-l-ene (0.267 mmol) and 164 mg of potassium phthalimide are stirred in 0.6 ml of N- methylpyrrolidone at 150° C. under argon overnight. The N-methylpyrrolidone is then stripped off under a high vacuum at 60° C. and the residue is chromatographed (SiO2, cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 2:1) to give 48.5 mg (36%) of 2-[l-(2-fluorobenzyl)-indazole-3- yl]-4-methyl-5-(N-phthalimidomethyl)-oxaz ole. Yellowish crystals. Melting point 175-177° C. MS (ESI-POSITIVE): 467 (100, MH+). Rf: 0.64 (CH2Cl2 :MeOH 100:1).
Process Example 12
Figure imgf000124_0003
1.05 g of l,l-dichloro-3-[l-(2-fluofobenzyl)indazole-3-carboxamido]-pent-l-ene (2.58 mmol) and 5.20 ml of NaOH, IN (5.20 mmol) are stirred in 15 ml of N- methylpyrrolidone at 50° C. under argon for 2 days. After cooling, the mixture is poured onto ice-water and extracted several times with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is dried (sodium sulphate) and concentrated (N-methylpyrrolidone stripped off under a high vacuum). The residue is purified by column chromatography (aluminium oxide, cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 2:1). 470 mg (52%) of 5-ethyl-2-[l-(2-fluorobenzyl)-indazol-3-yI]-5-hydroxymethyl-oxazole are obtained as white crystals. Melting point 137-139° C. MS (ESI-POSITIVE): 352 (100, MH+). Rf: 0.08 (aluminium oxide, cyclohexane:EE 2:1).
PREPARATION EXAMPLES FOR EMBODIMENT IV
EXAMPLE IV/134
1 -(2-Cyanobenzyl)-3-(5-(l ,3-dioxolan-2-yl)fiiran-2-yl)-indazole
Figure imgf000125_0001
A solution of 2 g (7.41 mmol) of 3-(5-(l,3-dioxolan-2-yl)-furan-2-yl)indazole in 10 ml of DMF is added to a suspension of 355 mg of NaH (60 percent in paraffin) in 10 ml of DMF under argon and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 1.5 g of 2- cyanobenzyl bromide are then added. The mixture is stirred at 100° C. for 30 minutes, introduced into water and extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulphate and evaporated in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed over silica gel using toluene/ethyl acetate mixtures as the eluent.2.1 g (73.5% of theory) of an oil are obtained. Rf (SiO2, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1): 0.63
EXAMPLE IV/135 l-(2-Cyanobenzyl)-3-(5-formyl-2-furanyl)-indazole
Figure imgf000125_0002
2.1 g (5.5 mmol) of l-(2-cyanobenzyl)-3-(5-(l,3-dioxolan-2-yI)furan-2-yl)-indazole are dissolved in 20 ml of acetone, and 40 ml of 50% strength acetic acid are added. The mixture is boiled for 1 hour, introduced into water and extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic phase is washed with NaHCO3 solution, dried with sodium sulphate and evaporated in vacuo to give 1.61 g (89% of theory) of a solid. Melting point: 137° C; Rf (SiO2, toluene/ethyl acetate 4:1): 0.4.
EXAMPLE IV/136
1 -(2-C yanobenzy l)-3 -(5-hydroxymethylfuran-2-yl)-indazole
Figure imgf000126_0001
0.8 g (2.44 mmol) of l-(2-cyanobenzyl)-3-(5-formyl-2-furanyl)-:indazole is suspended in 50 ml of propanol, and 0.8 g OfNaBH4 is slowly added at 0° C. After the mixture has been stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, the clear solution is introduced into water and extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulphate and evaporated in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed over silica gel using toluenelethyl acetate mixtures as the eluent. 600 mg (75% of theory) of crystals are obtained. Melting point 147° C; Rf (SiO2, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1): 0.52.
EXAMPLE IV/137 l-Beπzyl-3-[5-(l,3-dioxolan-2-yl)-furan-2-yl]-indazole
Figure imgf000126_0002
661 mgof 5-(l,3-dioxolan-2-yl)-2-tributylstannyl-furan (1.54 mmol) (M. Yamamoto, H. Izukawa, M. Saiki, K. Yamada, J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Comra. 1988, 560), 431.5 tng of 1- benzyl-3-iodoindazole (1.29 mmol) and 90 mg of tetrakistriphenylphosphinepalladium (0.078 mmol) in 2.5 ml of DMF are heated at 80° C. under argon for 10 hours. After cooling, water is added to the mixture and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phases are dried with sodium sulphate and concentrated. Chromatography (Siθ2 ; petroleum etheπethyl acetate 9:1) gives 381.3 mg of a viscous oil. Rf : 0.16 (hexane/ethyl acetate 3:1).
EXAMPLE IV/138 l-Benzyl-3-(5-foiτnylfuran-2~yl)-indazole
Figure imgf000127_0001
336 mgof l-benzyl-3-[5-(l,3-dioxolan-2-yl)-furan-2-yl]-indazoIe (0.97 mmol) are heated under reflux with a pair of crystals of p-toluenesulphonic acid in 5 ml of acetone and 0.3 ml of water for 20 hours. Thereafter, 40 ml of ether are added to the reaction mixture. The organic phase is washed with a little sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated. The residue is crystallized slowly. The crystals are washed with a little ether and dried in vacuo: 210.4 mg. Rf : 0.24 (hexanelethyl acetate 3:1); Melting point: 97- 99° C.
EXAMPLE IV/139
1 -[5-(I -Benzylindazol-3-yl)-furan-2-yl]-ethanol
Figure imgf000127_0002
300 1 of an MeLi solution (1.6 M in ether; 0.480 mmol) are added dropwise to a solution, cooled to -78° C, of l-benzyl-3-(5-formylfiιran-2-yl)-indazole (134.1 mg; 0.44 mmol) in 3 ml THF. After 10 minutes, aqueous NH4Cl is added to the mixture and the mixture is extracted with ether. The organic phase is washed with a sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated. Chromatography (Siθ2 ; petroleum ether: ethyl acetate 2:1) gives 133 mg of a viscous oil. Rf : 0.11 (hexane/ethyl acetate 3:1); MS (Cl, NH3): 319 (M-I-H+, 100).
EXAMPLE IV/140
3 -(5-Acetylfuran-2-yl)- 1 -benzyl-indazole
Figure imgf000128_0001
A mixture of l-[5-(l-benzyIindazol-3-yl)-furan-2-yl]-ethanol (51.2 mg; 0.160 mmol) and 250 mg OfMnO2 (2.9 mmol) in 2 ml OfCHCl3 is heated under reflux. After 12 hours, a further 250 mg OfMnO2 are added. After a further 12 hours, the mixture is filtered through Celite, the filtrate is concentrated and the residue is chromatographed (Siθ2 ; petroleum ether: ethyl acetate 3:1). 29.8 mg of a pale yellow solid are obtained. Rf: 0.21 (hexane/ethyl acetate 3:1); Melting point: 99-100° C.
EXAMPLE lV/141
3-(5-Azidomethylfuran-2-yl)-l-benzyl-indazole
Figure imgf000128_0002
195.1 mg of l-benzyl-3-(5-hydroxymethylfuran-2-yl)-indazole (0.64 mmol) (Kuo S.- C, Yu Lee F., Teng C-M. EP 0 667345 Al), 252 mg of triphenylphosphine (0.96 mmol) and 60.3 mg of sodium azide (0.93 mmol) are dissolved in 2.5 ml of DMF. 308.4 mg of carbon tetrabromide are added and the resulting mixture is stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. After addition of 5 ml of water, it is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is washed with a sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated. Chromatography (S1O2; cyclohexane: ethyl acetate 2:1) gives 206.7 mg of a viscous oil, which slowly solidifies. R^ 0.63 (hexane/ethyl acetate 1:1); Melting point 51-52° C.
EXAMPLE TV/142
3-(5-Aminomethylfiiran-2-yl)-l-ben2yl-indazole
Figure imgf000129_0001
121.5 mg of 3-(5-azidomethylfuran-2-yl)-l-benzyl-indazole (0,369 mmol) and 102 mg of triphenylphosphine (0.389 mmol) are stirred in 1 ml of TEDF for 3.5 hours. 10 μl of water are then added. After 24 hours, ether and aqueous HCI, 0.3M, are added to the reaction mixture. The solid which is filtered off and the aqueous phase are combined, rendered alkaline with NaOH, 2M, and extracted with ether. The organic phase is washed with a little water and then with a sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated. 79.9 mg of a yellow oil are obtained.
EXAMPLE ΓV/143
1 -Benzyl-3-(5 -nitrofiιran-2-yl)-indazole
Figure imgf000129_0002
800 mg of 5-nitrofuran~2-yl phenyl ketone benzylhydrazones (mixture of E+Z, 2.49 mmol) are dissolved in 35 ml of methylene chloride. 1.99 g of lead tetraacetate (4.49 mmol) and 15.6 ml of BF3 etherate (50% in ether, 62 mmol) are added and the mixture is heated under reflux for 1 hour. After cooling, the reaction mixture is poured onto ice and the organic phase is separated off, washed with 0.2M NaOH and then water, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated. Chromatography gives 140 mg of yellow crystals. Rf : 0.20 (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 10:1); Melting point: 148-151° C. (decomposition). The compounds summarized in Tables IV/1, IV/2, IV/3, IV/4 and IV/5 are prepared analogously to the instructions of the examples given above.
TABLE IV/1
Rf*/ Yield
Figure imgf000130_0001
IV/145 0.28(H3El)/77 98
Figure imgf000130_0002
IV/146 0.64(TlEl)/oil 87
IV/147 0.49(T4El)/oil 82
Figure imgf000130_0003
IV/148 0.68(TlEl)/oil 58
Figure imgf000130_0004
IV/149 O.76(T1E1)/146 54
Figure imgf000130_0005
IV/150 O.63(T1E1)/11O 13
IV/151 O.6O(T1E1)/14O 92
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000131_0002
IV/154 O.24(T4E1)/215 76
Figure imgf000131_0003
IV/155 O.62(T1E1)/215 71
Figure imgf000131_0004
IV/156 O.58(T4E1)/132 56
Figure imgf000132_0001
IV/157 0.45(T4El)/80 57
Figure imgf000132_0002
IV/158 0.44(T4El)/oil 12
IV/159 0.39(T4El)/oil 47
Figure imgf000132_0003
IV/160 O.68(T2E1)/125 85
Figure imgf000132_0004
IV/161 O.63(T1E1)/151 87
Figure imgf000132_0005
IV/162 0.72(TlEiyi20 65
Figure imgf000132_0006
IV/163
IV/164
IV/165
Figure imgf000133_0001
IV/166
Figure imgf000133_0002
0.35 (ToI: EE)
Figure imgf000133_0003
IV/167
Figure imgf000133_0004
TABLE IV/2
Figure imgf000134_0001
Yield Melting
Ex. No. A4 (% of theory) point ° C.
IV/168 42 126° C.
Figure imgf000134_0002
Figure imgf000134_0003
Figure imgf000134_0004
Figure imgf000134_0005
Figure imgf000134_0006
Figure imgf000135_0001
TABLE IV/3
Figure imgf000135_0002
Yield Melting
Ex. No. A4 (% of theory) point ° C.
IV/175 117
Figure imgf000135_0003
IV/176 84
Figure imgf000135_0004
IV/177 56 106
Figure imgf000135_0005
IV/178 22
Figure imgf000136_0001
TABLE IV/4
Yield Melting
Ex. No. Structure (% of theory) point 0 C/ Rf
Figure imgf000136_0002
TABLE IV/5
Ex. No. Structure Yield/ melting point Rf
Figure imgf000136_0003
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000138_0002
Figure imgf000138_0003
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
*EE = ethyl acetate H = hexane P = petroleum ether T — toluene
* * * *
Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention specifically described herein.

Claims

Claims
1. A method of inhibiting HIF expression in tumor cells or tissues in a subject, comprising administering to said subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (III-I) at an effective amount for inhibiting HIF expression: 3-Heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (III-I)
Figure imgf000142_0001
in which R42 represents a saturated 6-membered heterocyclic ring having up to 2 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or represents a 5-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having 2 to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, which can also be bonded via a nitrogen atom and which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, phenyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylthio or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula -OR45, wherein R45 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a group of the formula -SiR46R47R48, wherein R46, R47 and R48 are identical or different and denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, and/or can be substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000142_0002
wherein a3, b3 and b3' denote the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, R49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, c3 denotes the number 1 or 2 and R50 and R51 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to S carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R50 and R51, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical -NR52, wherein R52 denotes hydrogen, straight- chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000143_0001
atfxdur — CH3,
Figure imgf000143_0002
or denotes benzyl or phenyl, wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of N, S and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a group of the formula ~S(O)c3 NR50R51', wherein c3, Rs0 and Rsr have the abovementioned meaning of c3, R50 and R51 and are identical to or different from these, A3 represents a 5- to 6-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having up to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by amino, mercaptyl, hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or. is substituted by a group of the formula (~CO)d3 -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or an isomer or salt thereof.
2. The method according to claim 1, wherein in formula (IU-I), R42 represents pyranyl or morpholinyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, or by a radical of the formula —OR45, wherein R45 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a group of the formula — SiR46R47 R48, wherein R46, R47 and R48 are identical or different and denote straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000144_0001
wherein a3 denotes the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, R49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, nitro, cyanό, azido, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 5 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, A3 represents tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thienyl, pyritnidyl, phenyl, morpholinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl or pyridyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkyithio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, πitro. cyano, trifluoromethyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having, in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a group of the formula — (CO)d3 --NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight- chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, or an isomer or salt thereof.
3. The method according to claim 1, wherein in formula (M-I), R42 represents imidazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiazolyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice, in an identical or different manner by formyl, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, fluorine, chlorine, trifluoromethyl, carboxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms or by the radical of the formula — O--CO— CH3, and/or are substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000145_0001
wherein a3 denotes the number 0, 1 or 2, R49 denotes hydrogen or methyl, R43 and R44, .including the double bond, form a furyl, thienyl or phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 4 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, fluorine, chlorine, phenyl or. straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, A3 represents tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl, thienyl, pyrimidyl or pyridyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 3 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxy!, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, and/or are substituted by a group of the formula --(CO)^ -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 3 carbon atoms, or an isomer or salt thereof.
4. The method according to claim 1, wherein in the formula (HI-I), R42 represents imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl or oxadiazolyl, which are optionally substituted up to twice in an identical or different manner by ethoxycarbonyl, phenyl or by methyl or ethyl, wherein the alkyl radicals in their turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, chlorine; ethoxycarbonyl, oxycarbonylmethyl or methoxy, R43 and R44 together, including the double bond, represent phenyl, which is optionally substituted by nitro, A3 represents phenyl or phenyl which is substituted by fluorine, or pyrimidyl or an isomer or salt thereof.
5. The method according to claim 1 wherein said effective amount is effective to inhibit HIF- lα. expression.
6. The method according to claim 1 wherein said effective amount is effective to inhibit HIF-2α expression.
7. The method according to claim 1 wherein said tumor cells or tissue comprise tumors that overexpress HIF proteins.
8. The method according to claim 1, wherein said tumor is selected from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma and neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
9. A method of inhibiting HIF-regulated gene expression in tumor cells or tissues in a subject, comprising administering to said subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (III-I) at an effective amount for inhibiting HIF-regulated gene expression: 3-Heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (III-I)
Figure imgf000147_0001
in which R42 represents a saturated 6-membered heterocyclic ring having up to 2 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or represents a 5-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having 2 to 3 heteroatoms jrom the series consisting of S5 N and/or O, which can also be bonded via a nitrogen atom and which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, phenyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylthio or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula -OR45, wherein R45 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a group of the formula -SiR46R47R48, wherein R46, R47 and R48 are identical or different and denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, and/or can be substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000147_0002
wherein a3, b3 and b3' denote the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, R49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, c3 denotes the number 1 or 2 and Rsoand R51 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or Rsoand R51, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical -NR52, wherein R52 denotes hydrogen, straight- chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000148_0001
or denotes benzyl or phenyl, wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of N, S and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or atkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a group of the formula — S(O)c3 NR50R51', wherein c3, Rs0' and Rsr have the abovementioned meaning of c3, R50 and R51 and are identical to or different from these, A3 represents a 5- to 6-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having up to 3 heteroatoms from the series "consisting of S, N and/or O or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by amino, mercaptyl, hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or is substituted by a group of the formula (— CO)d3 -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or an . isomer or salt thereof.
10. The method of claim 9 wherein said HIF-regulated gene is selected from the group consisting of erythropoietin, transferrin, transferrin receptor, ceruloplasmϊn, vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), VEGF receptor FLT-I, transforming growth factor β3, plasminogen activator inhibitor 1, αlB adrenergic receptor, adrenomedullin, endothelin I, nitric oxide synthase 2, heme oxygenase 1, glucose transporter 1 and 3, hexokinase 1 and 2, enolase 1, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, phosphoglycerate kinase 1, phosphόglucokinase L, pyruvate kinase M, aldolase A and C, rios phosphate isomerase, lactate dehydrogenase A, carbonic anhydrase 9, adenylate kinase 3, ρropyl-4-hydroxyIase al, insulin-like growth factor (IGF) 2, IGP-binding protein 1, 2 and 3, P21, Nip3, cyclin G2 and differentiated embryo chondrocyte 1.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein said HIF-regulated gene is selected from the group consisting of VEGF, aldolase A and enolase 1.
12. The method according to claim 9, wherein said effective amount is effective to inhibit HIF- 1 α expression.
13. The method according to claim 9, wherein said effective amount is effective to inhibit HIF-2α expression.
14. The method according to claim 9, wherein said tumor cells or tissue comprise tumors that overexpress HIF proteins.
15. The method according to claim 9, wherein said tumor is selected from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
16. A method of inhibiting angϊogenesis in tumor cells or tissues in subject, comprising administering to said subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (IH-I) at an effective amount for inhibiting angiogenesis:
3-Heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (HI-I)
Figure imgf000149_0001
in which R42 represents a saturated 6-membered heterocyclic ring having up to 2 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or Oτ>r represents a 5-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having 2 to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N. and/or O, which can also be bonded via a nitrogen atom and which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, phenyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylthio or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl. halogen, trifluoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula -OR45, wherein R45 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a group of the formula -SiR46R47R48, wherein R46, R47. and R48 are identical or different and denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, and/or can be substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000150_0001
wherein a3, b3 and b3' denote the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, R49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, c3 denotes the number 1 or 2 and R50 and R51 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R50 and R51, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical -NR52, wherein R52 denotes hydrogen, straight- chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000151_0001
or denotes benzyl or phenyl, wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of N, S and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a group of the formula — S(O)c3 NR50R51', wherein c3, Rs0 and R51 have the abovementioned meaning of c3, R50 and RS1 and are identical to or different from these, A3 represents a 5- to 6-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having up to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by amino, mercaptyl, hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or is substituted by a group of the formula (~CO)d3 -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or an isomer or salt thereof.
17. The method according to claim 16, wherein said tumor cells or tissue comprise tumors that overexpress HIF proteins.
18. The method of claim 16, wherein said tumor is selected from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma,, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
19. A method of inhibiting tumor growth in animal tissues in a subject, comprising administering to said subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (HI-I) at an effective amount for inhibiting tumor growth: 3-Heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (III-I)
Figure imgf000152_0001
in which R42 represents a saturated 6-membered heterocyclic ring having up to 2 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or represents a 5-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having 2 to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, which can also be bonded via a nitrogen atom and which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, phenyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, trifiuoromethyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylthio or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifiuoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula -OR45, wherein R45 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a group of the formula -SiR46R47R48, wherein R46, R47 and R48 are identical or different and denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, and/or can be substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000152_0002
wherein a3, b3 and b3' denote the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, R49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, c3 denotes the number 1 or 2 and R50 and R51 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R50 and R51, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical -NR52, wherein R52 denotes hydrogen, straight- chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000153_0001
or denotes benzyl or phenyl, wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of N, S and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a group of the formula ~S(O)c3 NR50R51', wherein c3, R and R51' have the abovementioned meaning of c3, R50 and R51 and are identical to or different from these, A3 represents a 5- to 6-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having up to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by amino, mercaptyl, hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or is substituted by a group of the formula (~CO)d3 -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, RS3 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or an isomer or salt thereof.
20. A method according to claim 19 wherein said tumor overexpresses HIF proteins.
21. The method of claim 19, wherein said tumor is selected from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
22. A method of inhibiting tumor progression and metastasis in tissues in a subject, comprising administering to said subject a composition comprising a compound or a mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (HI-I) at an effective amount for inhibiting tumor progression and metastasis: 3-Heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (III-I)
Figure imgf000154_0001
in which R42 represents a saturated 6-membered heterocyclic ring having up to 2 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or represents a 5-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having 2 to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, which can also be bonded via a nitrogen atom and which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, phenyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylthio or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula -OR45, wherein R45 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a group-of the formula -SiR46R47R48, wherein R46, R47 and R48 are identical or different and denote- aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, and/or can be substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000155_0001
wherein a3, b3 and b3r denote the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, R49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, c3 denotes the number 1 or 2 and R50 and R51 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl' having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R50 and R51, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical -NR52, wherein R52 denotes hydrogen, straight- chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a radical of the formula
PtCBώa: CSj ojcaitø — CH3,
Figure imgf000155_0002
or denotes benzyl or phenyl, wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of N, S and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a group of the formula — S(O)c3 NR50R51 , wherein c3, R and R51 have the abovementioned meaning of c3, R50 and R51 and are identical to or different from these, A3 represents a 5- to 6-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having up to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by amino, mercaptyl, hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straightrchain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or is substituted by a group of the formula (~CO)d3 -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or an isomer or salt thereof.
23. A method according to claim 1 wherein said tumor overexpresses HIF proteins.
24. The method of claim 22, wherein said tumor is selected from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
25. A method of treating a HDF-mediated and/or VEGF-mediated disorder or condition in a subject comprising administering to said subject a composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (III-I):
3-Heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (111-1)
Figure imgf000156_0001
in which R42 represents a saturated 6-membered heterocyclic ring having up to 2 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or represents a 5-membered aromatic or saturated Heterocyclic ring having 2 to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, which can also be bonded via a nitrogen atom and which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, phenyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylthio or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to ό carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula -OR45, wherein R45 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a group of the formula -SiR46R47R48, wherein R46, R47 and R48 are identical or different and denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, and/or can be substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000157_0001
wherein a3, b3 and b3' denote the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, R49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, c3 denotes the number 1 or 2 and R50 and R51 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R50 and R51, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical -NR52, wherein RS2 denotes hydrogen, straight- chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000157_0002
or denotes benzyl or phenyl, wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of N, S and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a group of the formula — S(O)c3 NR50R5 v, wherein c3, R50 and R51' have the abovementioned meaning of c3, R50 and RSI and are identical to or different from these, A3 represents a 5- to 6-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having up to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by amino, mercaptyl, hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or is substituted by a group of the formula (— CO)^ -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or an isomer or salt thereof.
26. A method according to claim 25 wherein overepression of HBF proteins is an indication of said disorders or condition.
27. The method of claim 25, wherein said HEF-mediated disorder or condition is selected . from the group consisting of hepatoma, stomach carcinoma, renal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, neuroblastoma, and prostate carcinoma.
28. A method of enhancing the inhibitory effect on tumor growth in a subject in combination with another antitumor therapy comprising administering to said subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyl- substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (IXI-I) at an effective amount for synergistically enhancing the combined tumor-inhibiting effect of said therapy and said composition in said subject:
3-Heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (III-I)
Figure imgf000159_0001
in which R42 represents a saturated 6-membered heterocyclic ring having up to 2 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or represents a 5-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having 2 to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, which can also be bonded via a nitrogen atom and which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, phenyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylthio or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro. cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula —OR45, wherein R4S denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a group of the formula -SiR46R47R48, wherein R46, R47 and R48 are identical or different and denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, and/or can be substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000159_0002
wherein a3, b3 and b3' denote the number 0, 1, 2 or 3, R49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, c3 denotes the number 1 or 2 and
R50 and R51 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R50 and R51, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical -NR52, wherein R52 denotes hydrogen, straight- chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000160_0001
or denotes benzyl or phenyl, wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of N, S and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a group of the formula — S(O)c3 NR50R51 , wherein c3, R50 and R51' have the abovementioned meaning of c3, R50 and R51 and are identical to or different from these, A3 represents a 5- to 6-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having up to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by amino, mercaptyi, hydroxyl, formyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or is substituted by a group of the formula (~CO)d3 -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or an isomer or salt thereof.
29. A method for arresting the cell cycle in proliferating cells in a subject comprising administering to said subject a composition comprising a compound or mixture of compounds of a 3-heterocyclyI-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (HI-I) at an effective amount to inhibit progression of cell proliferation: 3-Heterocyclyl-substituted pyrazole derivative of the formula (HI-I)
Figure imgf000161_0001
in which R42 represents a saturated 6-membered heterocyclic ring having up to 2 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or represents a 5-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having 2 to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O, which can also be bonded via a nitrogen atom and which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, phenyl, mercaptyl, carboxyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkylthio or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or acylamino having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms or by a radical of the formula -OR45, wherein R45 denotes straight-chain or branched acyl having up to 5 carbon atoms or a group*of the formula -SiR46R47R48, wherein R46, R47 and R48 are identical or different and denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, and/or can be substituted by a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000161_0002
wherein a3, b3 and b3' denote the number O^ 1, 2 or 3, R49 denotes hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms, c3 denotes the number 1 or 2 and R50 and R51 are identical or different and denote hydrogen or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms or by aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by halogen, or denote aryl having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which is optionally substituted by halogen, or denote cycloalkyl having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or R50 and R51, together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which can optionally contain a further oxygen atom or a radical —MR52, wherein R52 denotes hydrogen, straight- chain or branched alkyl having up to 4 carbon atoms or a radical of the formula
Figure imgf000162_0001
or denotes benzyl or phenyl, wherein the ring systems are optionally substituted by halogen, R43 and R44, including the double bond, form a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having one heteroatom from the series consisting of N, S and/or O, or a phenyl ring, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by formyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or are optionally substituted by a group of the formula —S(O)c3 NR50R51 , wherein c3, R5ff and R51 have the abovementioned meaning of c3, Rs0 and RS1 and are identical to or different from these, A3 represents a 5- to 6-membered aromatic or saturated heterocyclic ring having up to 3 heteroatoms from the series consisting of S, N and/or O or phenyl, which are optionally substituted up to 3 times in an identical or different manner by amino, mercaptyl, hydroxyl, formyl. carboxyl, straight-chain or branched acyl, alkylthio, alkyloxyacyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 6 carbon atoms, nitro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, azido, halogen, phenyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl having up to 6 carbon atoms, which in its turn can be substituted by hydroxyl, carboxyl. straight-chain or branched acyl, alkoxy or alkoxycarbonyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, and/or is substituted by a group of the formula (--CO)d3 -NR53R54, wherein d3 denotes the number 0 or 1, R53 and R54 are identical or different and denote hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl or straight-chain or branched alkyl or acyl having in each case up to 5 carbon atoms, or an isomer or salt thereof.
30. A method according to claim 29 wherein said proliferating cells comprise tumors.
31. A method according to claim 29 wherein said proliferating cells comprise cells symptomatic of a hyper-proliferative skin disorder.
PCT/US2006/046267 2005-12-02 2006-12-04 Anti-angiogenesis compounds WO2007065010A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US74174205P 2005-12-02 2005-12-02
US60/741,742 2005-12-02

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007065010A2 true WO2007065010A2 (en) 2007-06-07
WO2007065010A3 WO2007065010A3 (en) 2007-11-29

Family

ID=38092893

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2006/046267 WO2007065010A2 (en) 2005-12-02 2006-12-04 Anti-angiogenesis compounds

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2007065010A2 (en)

Cited By (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009046917A2 (en) 2007-10-02 2009-04-16 Eberhard-Karls-Universitaet Tuebingen Marker for the diagnosis of cancer
WO2010054763A1 (en) * 2008-11-14 2010-05-20 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Heterocyclically substituted aryl compounds as hif inhibitors
WO2010054762A1 (en) * 2008-11-14 2010-05-20 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Aminoalkyl-substituted compounds as hif inhibitors
WO2010054764A1 (en) * 2008-11-14 2010-05-20 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Heteroaromatic compounds for use as hif inhibitors
DE102009041241A1 (en) 2009-09-11 2011-08-04 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft, 13353 New heteroaromatic compounds are hypoxia-inducible factor inhibitors useful to treat and/or prevent e.g. cancer or tumor diseases, heart attack, arrhythmia, stroke, psoriasis, diabetic retinopathy, rheumatoid arthritis and polycythemia
WO2011141326A1 (en) 2010-05-08 2011-11-17 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted heterocyclyl benzyl pyrazoles, and use thereof
WO2011141325A1 (en) 2010-05-08 2011-11-17 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Hydroxyalkyl benzyl pyrazoles, and use thereof for the treatment of hyperproliferative and angiogenic diseases
DE102009041242A1 (en) 2009-09-11 2011-12-15 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft New heterocyclically substituted aryl compounds are hypoxia-inducible factor inhibitors useful to treat and/or prevent e.g. cancer or tumor diseases, ischemic cardiovascular diseases, heart attack, arrhythmia, stroke, and psoriasis
WO2013011033A1 (en) 2011-07-21 2013-01-24 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh 3-(fluorvinyl)pyrazoles and the use thereof
WO2013057101A1 (en) 2011-10-17 2013-04-25 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted oxadiazolyl pyridinones and oxadiazolyl pyridazinones as hif inhibitors
CN103974948A (en) * 2011-10-06 2014-08-06 拜耳医药股份有限公司 Substituted benzylindazoles for use as bub1 kinase inhibitors in the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases.
WO2014147204A1 (en) * 2013-03-21 2014-09-25 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Heteroaryl substituted indazoles
US9512126B2 (en) 2012-03-14 2016-12-06 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted imidazopyridazines
US9555022B2 (en) 2010-06-16 2017-01-31 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted triazolopyridines
US9586958B2 (en) 2013-06-11 2017-03-07 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Prodrug derivatives of substituted triazolopyridines
US9663510B2 (en) 2011-12-12 2017-05-30 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted triazolopyridines and their use as TTK inhibitors
US9676766B2 (en) 2009-11-30 2017-06-13 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Triazolopyridines
US10350206B2 (en) 2014-09-19 2019-07-16 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Benzyl substituted indazoles as BUB1 inhibitors
JP2020525497A (en) * 2017-06-30 2020-08-27 トゥサン ソーラス カンパニー リミテッドDoosan Solus Co., Ltd. Organic compound and organic electroluminescent device containing the same
CN112110908A (en) * 2020-09-25 2020-12-22 山东大学 1, 3-disubstituted indazole compound and preparation method and application thereof
US11242335B2 (en) 2017-04-11 2022-02-08 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Fluorine-substituted indazole compounds and uses thereof
WO2022231242A1 (en) * 2021-04-26 2022-11-03 주식회사 스탠다임 Indazole compound having lrrk2 inhibitory activity
CN115636789A (en) * 2022-11-10 2023-01-24 上海泰坦科技股份有限公司 Preparation method of 3-iodoindazole

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6387940B1 (en) * 1996-10-14 2002-05-14 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Heterocyclylmethyl-substituted pyrazole derivatives
US20050187276A1 (en) * 2003-06-30 2005-08-25 Park Jong-Wan Compounds, compositions and methods

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6387940B1 (en) * 1996-10-14 2002-05-14 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Heterocyclylmethyl-substituted pyrazole derivatives
US20050187276A1 (en) * 2003-06-30 2005-08-25 Park Jong-Wan Compounds, compositions and methods

Cited By (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9075067B2 (en) 2007-10-02 2015-07-07 Eberhard-Karls-Universitaet Tuebingen Marker for the diagnosis of cancer
WO2009046917A3 (en) * 2007-10-02 2009-05-28 Univ Eberhard Karls Marker for the diagnosis of cancer
WO2009046917A2 (en) 2007-10-02 2009-04-16 Eberhard-Karls-Universitaet Tuebingen Marker for the diagnosis of cancer
WO2010054763A1 (en) * 2008-11-14 2010-05-20 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Heterocyclically substituted aryl compounds as hif inhibitors
WO2010054762A1 (en) * 2008-11-14 2010-05-20 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Aminoalkyl-substituted compounds as hif inhibitors
WO2010054764A1 (en) * 2008-11-14 2010-05-20 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Heteroaromatic compounds for use as hif inhibitors
EA022271B1 (en) * 2008-11-14 2015-12-30 Байер Интеллектуэль Проперти Гмбх Heterocyclically substituted aryl compounds as hif inhibitors
DE102009041241A1 (en) 2009-09-11 2011-08-04 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft, 13353 New heteroaromatic compounds are hypoxia-inducible factor inhibitors useful to treat and/or prevent e.g. cancer or tumor diseases, heart attack, arrhythmia, stroke, psoriasis, diabetic retinopathy, rheumatoid arthritis and polycythemia
DE102009041242A1 (en) 2009-09-11 2011-12-15 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft New heterocyclically substituted aryl compounds are hypoxia-inducible factor inhibitors useful to treat and/or prevent e.g. cancer or tumor diseases, ischemic cardiovascular diseases, heart attack, arrhythmia, stroke, and psoriasis
US9676766B2 (en) 2009-11-30 2017-06-13 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Triazolopyridines
WO2011141326A1 (en) 2010-05-08 2011-11-17 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted heterocyclyl benzyl pyrazoles, and use thereof
WO2011141325A1 (en) 2010-05-08 2011-11-17 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Hydroxyalkyl benzyl pyrazoles, and use thereof for the treatment of hyperproliferative and angiogenic diseases
US9555022B2 (en) 2010-06-16 2017-01-31 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted triazolopyridines
WO2013011033A1 (en) 2011-07-21 2013-01-24 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh 3-(fluorvinyl)pyrazoles and the use thereof
US10604532B2 (en) 2011-10-06 2020-03-31 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted benzylindazoles for use as BUB1 kinase inhibitors in the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases
JP2014531465A (en) * 2011-10-06 2014-11-27 バイエル・ファルマ・アクチェンゲゼルシャフトBayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted benzylindazoles for use as BUB1 kinase inhibitors in the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases
CN103974948A (en) * 2011-10-06 2014-08-06 拜耳医药股份有限公司 Substituted benzylindazoles for use as bub1 kinase inhibitors in the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases.
EP2763982B1 (en) * 2011-10-06 2018-01-10 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted benzylindazoles for use as bub1 kinase inhibitors in the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases.
US10266548B2 (en) 2011-10-06 2019-04-23 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted benzylindazoles for use as Bub1 kinase inhibitors in the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases
WO2013057101A1 (en) 2011-10-17 2013-04-25 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted oxadiazolyl pyridinones and oxadiazolyl pyridazinones as hif inhibitors
US9663510B2 (en) 2011-12-12 2017-05-30 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted triazolopyridines and their use as TTK inhibitors
US9512126B2 (en) 2012-03-14 2016-12-06 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted imidazopyridazines
JP2016514719A (en) * 2013-03-21 2016-05-23 バイエル ファーマ アクチエンゲゼルシャフト Heteroaryl substituted indazole
WO2014147204A1 (en) * 2013-03-21 2014-09-25 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Heteroaryl substituted indazoles
US9586958B2 (en) 2013-06-11 2017-03-07 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Prodrug derivatives of substituted triazolopyridines
US10350206B2 (en) 2014-09-19 2019-07-16 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Benzyl substituted indazoles as BUB1 inhibitors
US11242335B2 (en) 2017-04-11 2022-02-08 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Fluorine-substituted indazole compounds and uses thereof
JP2020525497A (en) * 2017-06-30 2020-08-27 トゥサン ソーラス カンパニー リミテッドDoosan Solus Co., Ltd. Organic compound and organic electroluminescent device containing the same
CN112110908A (en) * 2020-09-25 2020-12-22 山东大学 1, 3-disubstituted indazole compound and preparation method and application thereof
WO2022231242A1 (en) * 2021-04-26 2022-11-03 주식회사 스탠다임 Indazole compound having lrrk2 inhibitory activity
CN115636789A (en) * 2022-11-10 2023-01-24 上海泰坦科技股份有限公司 Preparation method of 3-iodoindazole

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2007065010A3 (en) 2007-11-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2007065010A2 (en) Anti-angiogenesis compounds
TWI421078B (en) Checkpoint kinase inhibitors and use thereof
US20220002277A1 (en) Pyridone derivative having tetrahydropyranylmethyl group
JP5327652B2 (en) Fused imidazole for cancer treatment
JP5241834B2 (en) Heterocyclic amide compounds as protein kinase inhibitors
RU2678830C2 (en) Multisubstituted aromatic compounds as serine protease inhibitors
WO2018234805A1 (en) Small molecule modulators of human sting
JP4973190B2 (en) Novel aminopyridine derivatives having selective inhibition of Aurora A
WO2021030623A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors
CN107108588B (en) Fused bicyclic (hetero) aromatic compounds useful for the treatment of cancer
JP5256168B2 (en) Novel aminopyridine derivatives having selective inhibition of Aurora A
JP6474166B2 (en) Compound and method of use
PT2017278T (en) Dihydropyrazolopyrimidinone derivative
KR20130129244A (en) Substituted 6,6-fused nitrogenous heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
JP2015506336A (en) Substituted benzylpyrazoles
KR20220028072A (en) Heterocyclic compounds as BET inhibitors
US20230064360A1 (en) Heterocycles and uses thereof
JP2022526831A (en) Heterocyclic compounds and their use
CA3219348A1 (en) Checkpoint kinase 1 (chk1) inhibitors and uses thereof
KR20240026948A (en) Sulfur-containing heteroaromatic tricyclic KRAS inhibitor
JP2012521426A (en) Novel aminopyridine derivatives having selective inhibition of Aurora A
WO2010064737A1 (en) Heterocyclic compound and use of the same
JP2022511778A (en) 7-, 8- and 10-substituted aminotriazoloquinazoline derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and their use as adenosine receptor antagonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: DE

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC DATED 19.09.2008.

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 06844793

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2